Video Archive         Recent Topics      
YMR logo

You are here:  Your Model Railway Club > Model Railway Layouts. > Members Personal Layouts. > Birkenhead Woodside To bottom of page
                 

 Moderated by: Spurno  
AuthorPost
Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I thought it was about time I made a start on this... a bit concerned that my efforts are not of the standard of the layouts highlighted on the home page.... but there is still a lot to do before BW is anything like finished. I've already put some info up in the New Memebrs Section and the building of the goods shed in Scratchbuilding. There are some photos in my gallery of the layout as it is now, the only photos the woodwork phase are just photos, before I'd got into this digital lark. Returned to railway modelling after a break of 40 odd years, after the customary heart attack and armed with the payout from a policy I'd had for years and thought we'd never need....and started building baseboards in 2009, after six months converting the loft from a dank dreary place into something half decent for a layout, and began laying track later that year. Baseboards are 2x1 frames with floorbaord chipboard on a forest of 2x2 legs - that may seem a bit of overkill, but I like a good solid base to start with... and it has to be able to support me when I'm clearing leaves from around the Velux. All track is Peco code 75, apart from the fiddle yard which is code 100, overall dimensions 14' 6" ish by 11' 6" ish.

My main aim and interest is in running the actual timetable of the day (currently Winter 1961) as far as the passenger services are concerned, with as much freight/parcels as I can manage - given that the line from Woodside to Hooton was in the main four tracks, and I only have two, the freight side is little more than a token gesture, but at least there is some. I am not producing an accurate model of the original, but I have tried to cover the basics - double overall roof, five platforms, retaining wall to the north side of the station with a road bridge over just beyond the platforms, signal box on the south side and so on. But certain elements have had to change - in order to get a decent length for the platforms the main staion buildings are on the north side - not beyond the buffers, and the fifth platform is outside the overall roof - I've used the Peco roof, building my own was a step to far, extending the canopy with the leftovers. At Hooton I have just three platforms rather than the six of the original.

As I mentioned in the goods shed thread I am a big fan of the miuayga technique for everything I do, I just had a basic idea of the track layout and built the baseboards to suit. I have been asked about a track plan of the layout..... well, I never really had one.... I've dug out one of my rough ideas to illustrate... this was the marshalling yard and engine shed, note I've called it "final".....





...mmmm.... really what I was doing was getting a rough idea of how many points/slips/crossovers I would need... in the end I used 120 yards of code 75 track, 25 yards of code 100 track, and a ridiulously large number of points etc to create what I have now. Apart from a couple of instances (crossovers in the fiddle yard) all points are electrofrog. It took me quite a while figure out the electrical implications of using electrofrog points.... but they do look so much better.

Right at the outset I decided this DCC lark was not for me... the idea of entering an engine's "address" before moving it left me absolutely cold... it's all just a bit too clinical for me..... yes DCC makes complicated movements easier.... but I've always achieved what I want with simple switches and a hacksaw to create breaks in the track.... and let's face it, it is more fun!! I have however ended up with, well, a lorra lorra (RIP Cilla) switches.

The layout is designed to be operated by three people, one looking after Birkenhead, one on Hooton and the the traffic to/from there and Woodside/fiddle yard, and one on the fiddle yard... three people who know what they are doing.... I think I'm about half way to being one of them!!!

This track plan, probably the easiest thing is to look at the control panels, for those of you who aren't keen on switches, I think the "look away now" warning is appropriate.....

First, on the top level, Woodside Station, with the main line off to the bottom left corner :





... you were warned....

leading to the marshalling yard/goods shed, main line from bottom centre to bottom right





the single line on this panel, bottom centre, leads to 6C





then there is a main line section down to the second level (under Woodside which has the storage loops for trains on their way to/from Woodside/Hooton covered by two junctions, the first from Birkenhead/Hooton





Birkenhead off to the right, Hooton bottom right.

For the storage loops, I can bring one train into the front section, then a second behind it, and then take the first train away, all with two simple switches... and not a computer in sight.

... and the second to /from Fiddle Yard and Hooton





fiddle yard off to the left, hotton bottom left

then Hooton Station :



Another mainline section to the fiddle yard, in from bottom right corner





small panels for the main line sections




... and that's it.

All these switches..there is a colour code : green - power, black - single break, red point on up, white - point on down .... and so on.

That'll do for now - more on the rolling stock etc. to follow.

I know ... too many switches...

Keith











g0ibi
Full Member


Joined: Sun Dec 28th, 2014
Location: Newark On Trent, United Kingdom
Posts: 1336
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Looking good Keith, like to see the trackwork?  :)

Cheers
Ron

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Ron, have a look in my gallery, or my original thread in the new members section, there are some views of the track in there, also the PS to the goods shed in retaining walls. You'll also see in the gallery all the parts of the layout I haven't got around to ballasting yet.

Incidentally, forgot to mention if you compare my origianl "plan" with the final layout of the marshalling yard and engine shed you can see how things developed a bit when I got to actually laying the track.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Just noticed "Birkenhead Wooside"..... dear oh dear!! - we've been having serious problems with our computer.... and it seems to be getting into my typing..... I'll try harder.

Keith

gastwo
Member


Joined: Sat Jul 30th, 2011
Location: Llechryd, Ceredigion, United Kingdom
Posts: 621
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Coming south on Sunday Keith? It's the Aberaeron Model railway show in Llwyncelyn.

I'll be there exhibiting Cardigan and Boncath. Introduce yourself if you do make it.

Shaun.

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I'll fix it for you Keith.

Nice work, by the way.  :thumbs

toto
Former Member
 

Joined: 
Location:  
Posts: 
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

These panels look very clearly set out. Have you actually wired that lot up yet or have you created the panels first and will connect up as you go ?

Looking forward to seeing the rest as it happens.

Cheers

Toto

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Bore da Shaun

Sorry, can't make it on Sunday, keeping an eye on our Fflo, one of our 16 year old cats, she's had a rough time of late, but now thankfully on the mend. Have a great show on Sunday - I usually go to the Mach/Corris show, not sure if it is on this year.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

...thanks for that Max - we've got problems with our broadband at present - so when it is on, I have to type quick... in case we lose it... hence wooside.... computers.... great, when they work ....

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Toto

Yes, they're all wired up. I wanted to get the track sorted before doing anything on the scenic side. Once I'd got the fiddle yard track laid I attacked it with my hacksaw (actually it has been replaced with a hand held rotary thingy) and solder tails to the track. With everything hanging below the baseboard I then fix the panel in place and then connect up everything. Test it all, and then I did the mid level (Hooton and the storage loops) and the line up from the fiddle yard - same procedure, finally the top level. Underneath the baseboards it is just a mass of wires, I don't do tidy wiring, but I've stuck with the colour coding and tagged each circuit a couple of times ...so I should be able to trace any faults easily... well that's the theory. Main problem is me forgetting to set one switch when setting the road, and the loco doesn't move - but I'm getting better at it!

Keith


gastwo
Member


Joined: Sat Jul 30th, 2011
Location: Llechryd, Ceredigion, United Kingdom
Posts: 621
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Woodside wrote: Bore da Shaun

Sorry, can't make it on Sunday, keeping an eye on our Fflo, one of our 16 year old cats, she's had a rough time of late, but now thankfully on the mend. Have a great show on Sunday - I usually go to the Mach/Corris show, not sure if it is on this year.

Keith

No worries Keith - family takes precedence.

Corris/Mach is on - August 29/30/31 in Machynlleth as before.

Might see you there!

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

... now that I can get back on - this computer is driving us mad - I was going to give you the same info re Mach. I'll probably go on Sunday, after lunch - which day are you going?

Keith

...any reply from me is subject to me getting back on again.... so apologies in advance for any delay

gastwo
Member


Joined: Sat Jul 30th, 2011
Location: Llechryd, Ceredigion, United Kingdom
Posts: 621
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Not sure Keith, management is away at the moment, and I don't know what her plans are for that weekend. I'll know more on Monday.

Shaun.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Now that I've got the hang of the Photo Gallery, and while we appear to have contact with the internet, I thought some photos of the areas covered by the various panels would help with the lack of a track plan. So here goes, there are some similar photos in the gallery, but at least these are in order with the panels, starting with Woodside Station




That's the last train of the day in platform 3 - 11.05pm to Shrewsbury... and just 'cos I like it another view from under the road bridge





Then there is 6C Birkenhead shed





...the main shed is Townstreet, the roundhouse is from two Metcalfe two road sheds, weathered to match the main shed - as you can see a long way from being finished.


On to the marshalling yard, cleared for the Dapol track cleaner to do some vacuuming...




- the ends of the roads were ballasted and finished before the board was fixed in place - a bit of a stretch, rather more than I thought, although I did end up lying on it to fix the back scene. Again lots to do here.

the opposite side of the yard is the shed.



... not really started on this yet.

the main line south from Birkenhead, covered by one of the small panels




this section can be removed - it is half across the loft access - to get in anything big into the loft - can't think what that might be now... the loop on the down line allows freight to be held awaiting access to the yard.

On to Hooton Station



that's the evening local parcels bound for Manchester - don't think these MPVs ever got to Birkenhead, but it is a good model!


... the storage loops under Birkenhead




.. in the down main is the Helsby train , due 10.49pm at Woodside, and behind it the Chester train due Hooton 11.29 and woodside 11.44.


Now the approach to the fiddle yard, with a class 5 and vans heading for WCML




Finally the South end of the fiddle yard




Hope that gives you a better idea of what it all looks like.... and my attempts to run to the actual timetable, which at the end of the day is why I started this.

Keith


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Er.... Max, you might see that I've missed a couple of returns in my last post which sends the photo off, sorry about that, trying to do everything at breakneck speed while we can get on line, I'll try harder next time - hopefully once this computer thingy is sorted

Keith

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I'll fix it, mate.

Nice layout.  :thumbs

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Max,  thanks again - this computer is daft, if we keep doing something it appears to stay online, let it go asleep, or leave it for a few minutes - and that's it - half an hour of starting and restarting to get back on. We'll be back on the help line this afternoon....

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I've decided it is time to sort out the one part of the layout which I have been pondering about for a while now, what to do with Hooton Junction....





... my original idea was to have one double track tunnel where the line dives under Woodside Station.... but originally I thought the junction would be a fair way clear of Woodside... but to do that the climb back up to Woodside would have been a bit steep, and so it ended up right on the Woodside station site. Also I had added two extra carriage sidings at Woodside when I realised just how many carriages I needed to keep the timetable running which made the Woodside baseboard a bit wider. Now, don't know what you all think, but to me it would look a bit odd with a junction right at a tunnel mouth..... So, now I'm thinking of having two separate tunnel mouths roughly where the grey paint after the green plaster finishes, similar to the north end of Hooton station, and extending the Woodside station baseboard over the junction. Comments welcome.

The other thing about this part of the layout - I have to be able to stand on it here when cleaning the roof around the Velux. Originally I was going to have all scenic items on a sheet of thin ply here which could be just lifted away... if I extend the baseboard, I will probably have the tunnel mouths fixed to the main baseboard, and have the exteneded baseboard removable.

Another view :





...just thought, if I do extend the baseboard... I could perhaps add another siding.... but then the new baseboard would need to be capable of being stood on....

Decisions, decisions......

Keith

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

G'day Keith,

Firstly, many thanks for battling on with your computer problems to show us what looks to be the beginnings of a first class layout. From the photos you've obviously put a lot of thought into designing a railway that you can operate to a timetable including carriage sidings and stock to match.

Secondly, love the switches... :lol:

My thoughts regarding Hooton Junction. I think that having the junction close to the tunnel entrance under Woodside is perfectly feasible and I'm sure there will be prototypes for it in the major city stations, some of the London ones in particular.

Having said that, if you wish to have more space alongside Woodside station and move the tunnel mouths out towards the indicated position, that will work too.

The driver for you, if I can paraphrase correctly, is to have a stable and easy to install/remove step to allow access to the Velux?

You could make two "steps" exactly the same.

One just a strong plain step for standing on that spends most of its time under the layout and is only used for Velux maintenance.

The second could be the extended space to the Woodside carriage sidings/yard/etc. that lives on the layout and can simply be swapped for the "maintenance " step when needed.

Or just make the "maintenance " step and leave the Hooton Junction as it is, scenic of course, but in such a way as to allow the step to fit over the top.

It's a tough one, I quite like the longer run over the junction before going into the tunnel but more space alongside Woodside station on the upper level is appealing too.

Rule 1 Keith... It's your railway... I hope the above musings are of some help.

Look forward to seeing how you work it out.

Cheers

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Marty

Two steps - brilliant! - hadn't thought of that... whichever way I do it that will work  just fine.

My main worry about having the tunnel mouths fixed to the main baseboard was that when I remove the top section, those tunnel mouths would be quite close to my left boot... which I can't see once I'm through the Velux, and one false move could see the demise of the tunnel mouths. With a second plain step, built to the same height, the tunnel mouths are protected. Equally the other option, I could have the scenic items fixed to the main board, and like you say have a step which protects it all. I'm a happy bunny now... just to decide which option to take.

I've gone off the idea of another siding - in reality it will only give me at most four coaches, given I'll lose one from the adjacent siding with the point - so now I'm thinking of having some sort of building for the cleaners working on the coaches/possibly booking on/off for loco crew/ station staff etc.... and some parking for the vehicles collecting parcels from the end of platform 5 .... lots of possibilities.

I'm leaning towards the two tunnel option.... but I'll sleep on it... for a week or two....

I've managed to get the timetable through to 10.40pm at the moment, only one train left from Birkenhead at 11.05 (to Shrewsbury), with trains from Helsby and Chester to arrive, and the last train of the day to arrive at 11.50, the seventh train of the day from Paddington.... and a few freights to get away and receive. I'm sure that the goods worked through the night... but in my version everything stops until around 4.00 in the morning with the first activity on 6C. It has taken best part of a year to test the timetable thus far - only do that when I'm not doing something else like starting w-i-t the points at Woodside, signal work, goods shed etc., but there is something satisfying about finding I can replicate the timetable... and it is interesting to see how the stock moves about the layout during the day - Woodside is heaving with coaches now, but around 10.30ish in the morning there were only three or four spare. Keeps me amused anyway.

While I've been running through the timetable I have identified a couple of occasions where another break in the track would have been useful.... I haven't finished with the switches yet!

Many thanks again for the steps idea.

This computer is still playing up.....

Keith

mattc6911
Former Member
 

Joined: 
Location:  
Posts: 
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Marty beat me to it :thumbs I've got one of these aluminium folding steps you can adjust to various positions. I was going to suggest one of these so you could put it in place to bridge right over the layout and oot the velux

cheers


   Matt

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Matt

I had tried the aluminium steps idea - we've got a couple of them, different sizes, but the geometry of the loft and the layout - the fiddle yard is under the junction board, and extends further back to the loft wall so I can't "bridge" the layout with a ladder. I think Marty is suggesting just a plain copy of the extended Woodside level which I could use for access to the roof.... anyway I think I know what I'm doing now (as much as I ever do).

Perhaps I should just say that there wasn't a great deal of thought involved with this layout - basically I arrived home after the HA, all stented up, with the words of the Staff Nurse ringing in my ears - you should have more "me time" (at the time we were both busy teaching Welsh learners, organising stuff for Welsh learners and writing a column in our local rag) - so I thought right, back to model railways and up to the loft, Margaret wanted to change the garden, perfect. I decided on Birkenhead, spent a lot of time at 6C in my trainspotting days, and got on with it. I just had a rough idea of where things would be - and after kitting out the loft, started building baseboards. The fact that it seems to work, and allows me to run the timetable, is pure good luck..... I didn't actually look at the timetable... until after I'd laid the track....honest! I changed the platform layout at Hooton from an island platform with a passing loop, and added a third platform on the loop... just because it looked better... turns out that was one of the main reasons why the whole thing works.

As I've said before I don't do planning... just do it, if it doesn't work, change it 'til it does....... works for me!.... often takes quite a while mind......

Keith


mattc6911
Former Member
 

Joined: 
Location:  
Posts: 
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

lol thats my kind of planning as well Keith, Dont plan just do, maybe not the best way but w.t.h  :)

cheers

   Matt

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Evening All

Right after much thought, I'm starting on the two tunnel solution.

I've decided to be a bit braver this time, rather than posting something when the job was well on the way to completion, as I did with the Goods Shed, this time it is as it happens, or not, as the case may be. Depending on how it goes, and how much time I'm allowed in the loft (always a lot of debate about that!), I'll hope to post progress weekly. If things go badly wrong mind, things will go very quiet. I'm hoping to have the basic scenic board finished in about six weeks, the Marty additional board will need more stocks of 2x1 and floorboards.

I've used the Peco tunnel mouth already on the layout, so I'm using them again... now that I've found the box they were in.... no plans and no system either when it comes to storage for all the stuff, which will be useful sometime, I buy.

So the Hooton tunnel mouth will be roughly in this position :




or from closer in





The adjacent tunnel mouth for the Birkenhead line will be attached to this - but there is a height difference of about 1/2 inch here, the Hooton line is on a gradual incline, the Birkenhead on a decline. I've a bit of work to do to get this one in place....




I can see my favourite wills Panels coming to my rescue again. I'm off for a ponder...

Just as a postscript, on the various gradients, only the top section (Woodside Station, 6C, yard and Goods Shed, Oil depot), Hooton Station and the Fiddle Yard are on the level - even the storage loops under Woodside are on a slight gradient. The height difference between the fiddle yard and Woodside is 8.25" - and to make that climb "reasonable" for the majority of locos, the run up is one long gradual climb apart from a short decent into Hooton Station. There are a few locos which still struggle, the Bachmann Jubilee has a problem with just three bachmann Mk 1s - the Bachmann Fairburn tank - no trouble with five or six.... all very puzzling - one day I'm going to try adding some lead to the Jubilee.

Keith


MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Your track work is very nice, Keith.  :thumbs

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Max

Glad you say that, and thanks - my first aim with this layout is that the track looks the part, for me it is the most important aspect of a layout... then follows all the track "furniture" including signals which work, and within the restrictions of OO are right. I must admit that ballasting is not my favourite pastime... and I've been putting off ballasting the pointwork in the marshalling yard until I'm in the mood, one day though it will get finished.... likewise the signalling of Woodside Station. I have ordered a colour light signal with shunt signal and platform display (theatre box - I'm getting the jargon) from Absolute Aspects for the approach to Woodside, there isn't really room for a proper gantry - although one day I may well have a go at building one. At the moment running through the timetable to see if I can manage it with the track/space I have is my main priority, and excuse for not doing other things. However having gone into print with these tunnel mouths, I must get on with them - it will make a big difference to the "look" of the layout - and I've had an idea... so I'm off upstairs to see if it is a good idea....

... incidentally, how do I put a photo with my name/location info on posts? - not decided on which photo yet, but when I do I need to know what to do.

Keith

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Use the buttons at the top, viz:-

My Account  >  Avatar - for your photo

My Account  >  Profile  ↓ Signature - at the bottom

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Max

Thanks again for the info - as soon as I've decided which photo I now know what to do.

No progress today - shopping (at least it is only once a week), but yesterday's idea wasn't bad at all, after some modification, and I may well have the tunnel mouths ready to fix tomorrow...

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Ah well, all those plans about reporting progress as it happens didn't allow for this computer playing up again... with internet access at a premium once again. However, it does seem to be behaving itself again after several more sessions on the help line, so fingers crossed, here goes....

I decided that getting the two tunnel mouths together would need a fair bit of cutting, began by attacking the back of the join between the arch and the retaining wall with a knife to "straighten up" the side wall.




I then reoved the capping stone from the other tunnel, cut that join the same and made a cutout in the top wall so that the two tunnels would sit together.... the idea being that the trimmed retaining wall would then sit under the capping of the first tunnel mouth.... this is getting very complicated wordwise, hopefully the photos will clarify




... with the height difference between the two tracks, the far tunnels sits on top of the other tunnel.... not sure of the plastic used for these tunnel mouths, some sort of polythene... or other "-ene" but gluing is not easy, and really they need to be attached to the baseboard. (the other Peco tunnel mouth is held in place by the plaster scenery surrounding it). I'm sure somebody will know exactly what plastic is used.

So I used a bolt to hold the two tunnel mouths together and more bolts to hold them to the baseboard






I have used sme Hard as Nails type glue at the join as well as the bolt - I tend to use that like sticky filler. With the two bolted together and the trimmed wall fitting snugly (sort of) under the other wall the whole thing can be attached to the baseboard with more bolts.




... that wayward centre wall was covered by some offcuts of Wills stone wall, capped by Plasticard, and the bolthead was also covered by plasticard, and then matching bits for each side.





The whole thing will eventually get the weathering treatment, but for now some dark grey paint on the new bits will have to do.




... you can see how the centre walls fit together in this view.

So now some more O level woodwork, to make the frame - 2x1 as usual, with 2x2 (very tiny) legs, all screwed together...



... and yes, I did forget the cutouts over the tracks when I first checked it for fit.... the middle spars are actually not quite 2x1... some odd timber I had in the shed. Then the baseboard, again building the thing out of girders, chipboard floorboard.




from track level it looks OK... can't believe I managed to do all this... and that signal is still fully operational!




 and a side view shows the gradients involved




So now It is time to get out the polysytrene offcuts, old newspapers, and plaster bandage so that the sides of the tunnel mouths are finished off - I'll put some plastic film against the egde of the baseboard so that it remains unattached, so I can remove it when necessary.

On the topic of moving it... it it surprisingly... perhaps that should be unsurprisingly given the construction, heavy - and now I'm thinking of putting all the scenic detail on a thin sheet of ply.. so I just have to remove that when I need to get at the roof. I may have to do something with those curtains too, although that isn't my department, I'll have to check.

But I do think the layout looks better now, it was bothering me that soon after leaving Woodside all trains dive under... Woodside, at least now they disappear a bit before Woodside.

For now I'm going to try to finish this timetable.. it is 10.40pm on the layout so with everything shutting down by 1.00am I should have that done by Christmas (note no year specified).... there again if I just finish off the sides of the tunnels it will look a lot better.......

Keith

Incidentally you may notice that transistor radio in one of the pictures... dates from around 1960... I was listening to Wales v Israel on it... still works!
 

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

A nice bit of lateral thinking with the tunnel mouths, Keith.   :thumbs

Does the cover lift off for maintenance?

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Max

Yes, despite it being heavy, or very heavy, the new board can be removed.

Access is always a problem for layouts on several levels... must admit I haven't given it much thought - but the vast majority of the point motors are mounted under the baseboards... and with a couple of exceptions without another board below. I can get at most parts of the track.... but you can guarantee that the first point that fails will one which I can't easily get at. My insurance policy is that all sections are individually supported... and so I can in theory drop any board to gain access. In theory.....

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, after a bit of a break, the conclusion to these tunnels - decided a blow by blow account as I progressed would be boring, as I'm not doing anything that most folk haven't done already.

On the other scenic section, between the main line and the fiddle yard approach, I used polystyrene spars with with newspaper, so I thought I'd do the same again.... but with the limited space for the embankments, this was a non starter





... the bark will be used. Also I extended the top board, by adding a small traingular piece, so it matched the main board below, which would make things easier. So it was back to the standard method of layers of polystyrene. As I had to have the top board removable I fixed some clear film between the polystyrene and the top board, so that when the plastering started I would be left with a clean edge.




...the polystyrene will be finished off later. Just before I started this, the last train to arrive in Hooton was the 10.42pm to Chester... and here it waits.... and waits... amongst the mess.





With the polystyrene roughened and the bark in place, it is time for the plaster bandage...




likewise the other side




Working with the plaster bandage is usually easy with two hands, but the location of the right hand embankment, under the roof, and a bit of a stretch, I had to do it one handed....not easy at all, the air was blue...

A bit of extra padding for the LHS to make the outcrop, after the first layer of bandage...




Then more bandage to finish it off, only one piece of barl used on the rhs.




and the signal still survives!

Finally, for now, my usual green undercoat treatment, for the plaster... I've also painted the bare baseboard next to the tunnels, which makes the whole thing look a bit more finished, even if it isn't.





...and finally the 10.42 can get away....and the signal survived.





I'll add tunnel nameboards, move a couple of telegraph poles and add a couple more... there's a signal box to go on the far right.... when I've built it (Ratio kit).... but for now, it looks so much better than it did and so, as ever, that'll do.

Keith

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Very nice Keith, I too would call that a win, especially as you have managed not to destroy the signal in the process!
What's next?

cheers

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Marty - yes, that signal has had a charmed life these past few weeks, but if you look closely there is a break near the top of the ladder, from a wayward elbow during a previous job! What next?...there was me thinking I could have a rest now... and I've got to get on with the next job... or at least come up with the next job. Well, I've got a list.... can't find it of course... but I fancy getting the road outside Hooton Station and the coal yard at least started - that would then mean no bare baseboard in the whole section between the tunnel mouths north and south of Hooton. I would also like to try out my static grass starter thingy on the green undercoat and experiment with the various things I've collected to make trees and shrubs. Then there's weathering Hooton Station... that will involve disconnecting all the lighting, perhaps I should take a picture of Hooton at night first, just in case....which reminds me I haven't finished the new tunnel mouths yet.... and there's the nameboards to do... I'm starting that list again. One thing I will not be doing is ballasting the pointwork at the goods yard... been putting that off for a few years now... not my favourite job! There's always the shed yard to finish, and the fuel depot - almost forgot that. Trouble with this I could spend all my time making this list again.

I'll settle with Hooton... but I may just try to get through to 1.00am with the timetable first... after all I did start this full run through, with freight, way back in December...er, 2013! - but I have done other stuff on the layout as well.... at least I've proved I can replicate the timetable, which is something of a surprise.

Not enough hours in the day... at least not enough allowed hours in the loft!

Cheers

Keith

...what you you do next?... apart from my second step for getting at the velux, I haven't forgotten that...

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Time, or the lack of it, is bothering me too at the moment. Too many other things going on here. Not least having to turn up 4-5 days a week at the office. Sigh. It's all relative isn't it. As long as we are having fun right?

Sounds like you have more than enough to keep you occupied. If it was me I would complete that second landing stage before the design of it goes out of your head.

Cheers

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Don't worry about the second step Marty, I'll do that once I start doing something of a scenic nature with the new board... still thinking about that. More delays here - apart from Fflo, she was back at the vet on Tuesday - may be getting a touch of arthritis - we have a major problem hereabouts with windfarms...and a proposal for one just up on the hills behind us has reappeared in a modified form... so lots of letters to send, wake up our MP and AM and try to get the Council to think about the residents rather than the tempting offers of financial goodies from the developers.... it's an on-going battle. Anyway after a week of windfarms, hopefully time for a break while we wait for some reactions. I'm going to get those 'Hooton by night' pics done, as I think I've settled on finishing the boards at Hooton, and then weathering the buildings, which will mean disconnecting all the lighting... well, that's what I had decided yesterday.... and that was a long time ago!

Hwyl

Keith


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, actually done something - those Hooton by night photos.

Here are a few of them, more in the gallery.... first Hooton from the South. Note the first room on the left has a brighter light than the others - it is supposed to be the staff/porters' room, that traditionally had a fluorescent tube, so I've wired that gow bulb direct to the 12v supply, the other interior lights are in series in groups of three or two (island, footbridge and main building) which gives a yellower light.





now the north end, handy there's enough light to see the signal!





and finally the signal box and the goods shed in the gloom beyond the station. Obviously as it is late the signalman is doing a quick bit of maintenance downstairs.





... I think a yard lamp outside the goods shed is called for...

Finally an action shot, as a class 5 rumbles through with a heavy freight bound for the midlands.





The idea with all the lighting on the layout is to allow it to be operated "at night".... which is fine, except I've not yet illuminated the control panels... another job to add to the list.

Doesn't look too bad this, may leave the weathering of the buildngs for now and just get the boards around the station finished... fencing, bits of greenery etc. That would give me a section of the layout between the four tunnels at Hooton and the main line approach to Birkenhead looking something like finished... if I get on with the static grass and shrubbery as well. Never used static grass before, I'm from the flock era, any tips on making a success, at least not a mess, of it?

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Before starting anything new I decided to get this timetable finished, less than two hours to go - should crack that before Christmas, no year specified, but it has taken far too long already. First task was to get a freight ready in the fiddle yard - now the back road acts as a headshunt for the righthand roads, which are mainly freight/parcels/sleepers... and I need to be able to see the uncoupling ramp in the back road... I used to be able to see it from above, but with the new board in place that's not possible - I had thought about it when making the new board, and left a removable corner to aid visibility..... but hadn't realised that with that section removed the supporting frame still blocked any view of the ramp. So, I fixed a mirror at the back of the fiddle yard board so that I could see.... but with stock in the roads in front.... I needed a torch to shed some more light on proceedings... this was proving difficult... so I decided to add some further lighting. I used a method already used for the loops under Woodside... where access from above for maintenance etc. is severely limited - with everything done from below the board. I'm sure everybody has worked this out, but just in case this is what I do :

All you need is a gow bulb, some sleeving and a small piece of hardboard or similar :




...this is a 6V bulb, the white sleeve was already fitted, the black sleeving is just taken from some old 2.5mm tc&e mains cable. Drill three 2mm holes in the hardboard, one for the wires, two for fixing. Cut the sleeving to the required height of the bulb plus the thickness of the baseboard and assemble :




Drill a hole in the baseboard just big enough to allow the bulb and sleeving to pass through, 4mm in this case, and then push the bulb/sleeve through the hole




Finally fix the hardboard to the underside of the baseboard




..and that's it. I've put three of these 6v lights in series to a 12v supply, don't want it too bright.




I did tell the camera to focus on the light, I couldn't really see anything, but you get the idea. I tend to wire up lights like this with connectors, then replacement when required only takes a couple of minutes.

Like I say I'm sure this isn't new, but just in case you're looking to illuminate some low level boards, this is an easy way to do it.

Finally I took this picture of my workbench, otherwise known as the floor, immediately after I'd finished... I was working in the clear space top left.... planning just never enters my head...





Dear oh dear!... too old to change now though...

Keith

16A
Deceased Member


Joined: Tue Sep 2nd, 2014
Location: Nottingham, United Kingdom
Posts: 186
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Just read through your thread Keith - I love it, the layout that is, and I love layouts with a story, even a timetable, and what a cracking job you're making of it - well done.....

Have to agree with a point you made early in the thread that there is never enough time to do everything when you've retired... I seem to want about 36 hours a day. My good lady tells me that it is nothing to do with not having enough hours in a day its more about how much we can get done in an hour that matters - some strange logic in there somewhere - I think, but I still don't have enough of whatever it is I'm short of.

I've been confined to garden and house type jobs since April with the promise that I will be allowed to return to my 'man cave' in the loft come the end of Summer/beginning of Winter, well I reckon that's just about now, so my summer plans for a revamped control box were started today.

Suppose I really ought to start a layout thread of my own....MMmm... I'll give it a bit of thought in my spare time.. if ever I get any.....

Last edited on Wed Oct 28th, 2015 09:42 pm by 16A

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Mike

Many thanks for the positive comments..... you seem to have the same problem many of us have....during the summer, so I'm reliably informed, the railway is a winter thing... lots more pressing jobs to do outside in the nice weather. Which is fine, until the nice weather is over, winter is on its way.... and suddenly there's a list of indoor jobs to do... sometimes get the feeling I'm being conned!

Busy day yesterday, our septic tank was kind of "cooked" as they say, fortunately Barry the tankman came to the rescue and emptied it... turns out the last visit was over ten years back (the lack of planning extends to septic tank emptying it would appear). Anyway I have a new system now... we will ring Barry to empty the tank when there's a General Election year... my thinking is replacing one lot of old effluent with a new lot of effluent. Sounds better with the four letter word beginning with "s", but I'm too respectable for that.

News of a special in Birkenhead next week, our part-time neighbours are up next week (they're renovating a house down the road) and Paul, another enthusiast - isn't that handy - has just taken delivery of his P2... so the clocks at Woodside are being rapidly turned back!

Notice there's a new thread started... must take a look, still getting used to the forum, when I have time..., think I should be more involved.

Keith

Folkwizard
Full Member


Joined: Sun Sep 28th, 2014
Location: Basingstoke,Hants, United Kingdom
Posts: 185
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Phew. My brain hurts just looking at that lot. I'll have to take some photo's of my panel when it's done. Waiting for a couple of servo's and the switches.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

My panels are only offcuts of hardboard, rough track layouts drawn with a felt tip pen, the only high tech is the labels run off on the computer - I'm sure you'll manage better than that.

I've noticed that all the photos I've taken of the layout, and the panels, always look better than the real thing - don't understand why!

Check out Mike's panels in Quernaby New - now they're professional panels!

Keith

16A
Deceased Member


Joined: Tue Sep 2nd, 2014
Location: Nottingham, United Kingdom
Posts: 186
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Woodside wrote: My panels are only offcuts of hardboard, rough track layouts drawn with a felt tip pen, the only high tech is the labels run off on the computer - I'm sure you'll manage better than that.
Been there, done that got the T shirt etc Keith... Next time you make one, try and make it better than the last one... you'd be surprised just how many panels I've made in the last 40 odd years, each one getting progressively better.

As for;-

"Check out Mike's panels in Quernaby New - now they're professional panels!"

Thanks for the compliments Keith (refer to above statement)... also off-cuts of 6mm mdf, and they ain't that good - just better/neater/tidier than my last ones, but thanks anyway.....

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Mike

I can't see me making another panel now - this layout will be it.... possibly if we move house that could change... but once the layout is finished, well all the bare baseboards, undercoated greenery have been covered with something and the ballasting and signalling is complete I'll be in my element trying to maintain the timetable..... that will be a good few years away yet.

My time in the loft is limited by forces out of my control..... mutter mutter!

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, that special I mentioned.... ran yesterday. Having turned all the clocks back around 25 years, I was thinking, this could actually be a glimpse into the future, so if the clocks go forward around 64 years... this could be the newly built P2 touring the country having passed all the necessary tests to riun on BR metals.... with a rake of ex-LNER stock in maroon livery. The only problem with that is that during the next 10 years somebody has got to decide to reopen Woodside station and relay the track up to Rock Ferry!

Enough of this rambling, pictures is what we like :




The P2 ready to depart Woodside.  ... and passing under the road bridge :




This is the railroad version, still lots of detail, even the separate handrail. Paul plans to upgrade it as has been detailed in the magazines.

Now on the mainline




and finally trundling through Hooton




That was nice, clocks have now returned to 1961, the P2 and Paul  (and Sue) will soon be on their way back to deepest Kent, and I've got the last couple of hours of the timetable to get through.

Incidentally that ex LNER stock I keep for the occasional special from the Eastern region, for football or railfans, when I can run an A4 with them into Birkenhead. Always wanted an A4 way back when, and now having spotted a bargain at Alton Model Centre a few years ago, I have one!

Keith

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

:thumbs

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,

Now that is one fabulous looking locomotive. Well done and thank you for sharing with us.

Bill :)

Bob K
Member


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Bedfordshire, United Kingdom
Posts: 2759
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
This is one layout that I have missed and so it was a joy to read from start to finish. It is great to see a mainline layout with some serious locos running. I also really liked the innovative solution you found for the double tunnel. The result was excellent. A very nice layout.

Bob

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Bob

Glad you like it - it will look a lot better when I've at least got all the bare baseboards covered, and all the track ballasted.... but that may take a while... the list of things to do just gets longer...and longer.... and I'm determined to get through this timetable as soon as I can now.

Cheers
 
Keith

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

We're with you Keith and eagerly waiting for the next instalment, so full steam ahead!

ATB,

Bill :) 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, the timetable has been progressed by all of twenty minutes, which is progress... even slower progress. I did say early on that this Devilishly Complex Circuitry lark was not for me - I can see that many folk can do lots of clever things with it, but if it's OK with you, I'll stick to my simple life. Just by way of an illustration I thought I'd document what I did for the storage loops under Woodside. I did mention this on Mike's excellent Queraby New thread, if you're in to DCC that's the place to go.

 During the rush hour periods life does get quite hectic, often there are seven trains waiting to either arrive into Woodside, call (up/down) into Hooton or wait for their slot on the main line down to the fiddle yard. So, I have to be able to store them in some sort of order in the loops I have - two lines on the down side and three shorter lines on the up. The loops under Woodside and Hooton Station form the only roundy roundy section on the layout, although it is only ever used in that mode for running in purposes. After a bit of thought with my sole remaining working grey cell, I came up with an idea....

On each loop I've used a SPST switch (on/off) and a 4PDT c/off switch, wired as indicated by the diagram - I've also added pics of the ends of the loops and the switches separately as the detail is a bit small on the full view. Because of what goes on at Hooton and elsewhere, I need power inputs at both ends of the loops - that does allow me to include a third train in the queue (happens a couple of times each day) - but I'll leave that for now. Incidentally, the 4PDT switches are available from Peco - you can use one to sort out the frog polarities on an electrofrog crossover, I've done that - which is when I had the idea for the loops. They were a bit pricey from Peco at the time I was doing this, suggest you look at All Components or Andy Lowe Electronics.

The diagram?, here it is, hand drawn, no fancy software available here, good job I noticed I'd wrongly labelled the switch terminals just before I started this, so this is the second attempt, with a new lot of photos and new hand drawn diagram (yes I did try using correcting liquid, don't ask)... you just can't get the staff...





..actually it's clearer then I thought, but here's the separate pics anyway, first LHS




and now RHS, showing the switch terminals




The simple on/off switch on the single break is coloured Black on the panel, the 4PDT switch is labelled Grey. In normal operation,  with the loop empty, both switches are "on", when the first train is due in the loop, both switches are switched "off" so the single break and the double break at the head of the loop are open. The first train will then stop automatically between the breaks. A second train can then be brought in behind the first - and that can then be isolated by switching the grey switch to the centre off position, so both double breaks are open. When the first train is due to move on, the grey switch is just switched "on", which closes the double break at the head of the loop, and the first train leaves. Once that arrives in Hooton/Woodside, the grey switch is switched "off", opening the front double break and closing the rear one, so then the second train can move up to the front of the loop... and so on.

What this does give is an instant view of what's going on in the loops by the position of the switches :

Black ON Grey ON - loop empty
Black OFF Grey OFF - one train at head of the loop
Black OFF Grey CENTRE - two trains in loop
Black OFF Grey ON - one train at rear of loop, ready to move to the front.

Looking back at the photo of Fiddle Yard Junction panel :




... there's a train at the head of UP MAIN, also one at the head of UP 1, and UP 2 is empty.

I must admit trying to write this down makes the whole thing far more complex than it is, honest - really, it is dead simple. My main worry is that everybody is already saying - "but we knew all that". But hopefully this may be new to somebody... it was to me until the grey cell was fired up.

So this may prove useful to someone out there.

I've also been busy photographing the freight which now abounds on the layout as the day draws to a close... but that'll wait 'til next time, you've had enough of me for now...

Nos da

Keith


Ed
Full Member


Joined: Tue Jan 29th, 2013
Location: West Anglia Main Line, United Kingdom
Posts: 3914
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Before I embrased the dark art that is DCC, all my isolated sections were single line breaks. I assumed standard way to do things, to save on wiring and switches.

Never, ever, occurred to me that by having a single line break section within a double line break section you can have an isolated section within an isolated section.

So yes, definetly new to me :thumbs:thumbs:thumbs



Ed
PS Can I borrow your brain cell :mutley

16A
Deceased Member


Joined: Tue Sep 2nd, 2014
Location: Nottingham, United Kingdom
Posts: 186
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Nicely worked out and put into practice Keith... all you need now are some led's to indicate which section of each loop is or is not occupied... I'll leave you to work out how to do it tho'.....
:thumbs

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Ed

My grey cell is currently in a loop - trying to figure out if your brilliant summary is actually correct..... there is however a problem with borrowing my grey cell, assuming it ever gets out of the loop....I'm afraid that it isn't actually compatible with DCC.... sorry!

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Mike

The position of the switches indicates if a train is in a section of the loop, so that's not a problem.... what I'd really like is a system that tells me where the train is headed and time due. If I haven't operated the layout for a few days, sometimes weeks depending on permission from SWMBLT, the clock shows the time on the layout, the switches show where trains are in the loops..... but I still have to spend a while figuring out which train is which. I did try post-it notes... but they often fall off.... I'm thinking of a system like what used to be the standard in Air Traffic Control, with a rack containing strips of paper/card. Any other suggestions welcome.... just so long as it doesn't involve DCC!!!

.... of course if I operated the layout every day.... I wouldn't have a problem at all, would I ??? .... may be a bit difficult to get that agreed with you-know-who mind....

Keith

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

SWMBLT ? She who must be lied to ? :lol:
How about printing out the timetable with a column for noting current siding and heading. Tick 'em off as you go.
cheersMarty

16A
Deceased Member


Joined: Tue Sep 2nd, 2014
Location: Nottingham, United Kingdom
Posts: 186
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

How about a card index system or Roladex(sp)...

Assuming your timetable has a starting point Keith where all trains are in a pre-set location, your next card tells you which train is going where, at what time... when you've done that one, put the card at the back of the box or pile and read the next one...  in this way, should you have to have a break for what ever reason, you could get straight back into your timetable... simples...

Each card could show the location of all trains (station, loop etc) in one colour - say black and, the next train due to be moved in another colour - say red.....

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Marty a Mike

Busy day yesterday, weekly pilgrimage to Morrisons, Old Folk's Club and windfarm correspondence.

Firstly SWMBLT - "She who must be listened to" - I did try the "obey" thing but never really got the hang of it, so over the years I have developed into a very good listener - I listen, then carry on with what I was doing...... when I'm allowed to!!!!!

Many thanks for the suggestions, I've pondered similar ideas as I've plodded on through the timetable - this time, in full anorak mode, I have logged EVERY single engine and stock movement, the idea being to give me a "script" which I can follow in future.... I'm on my third pad, which is more of a novel than a script. I have also produced detailed rosters for each engine used on the layout thus far, that's about 46.

Things would have been much easier if I'd modelled just Woodside, even Woodside and the first station down the line... except that was Rock Ferry, which in those days was one terminus for the 3rd rail electrics from Liverpool Central Low level, so I couldn't sensibly do that. I chose Hooton, 14/17 mins out of Woodside 'cos I spent many a happy afternoon on a bridge near the station armed with my Ilford Sportsman recording what was at that time still a mainly steam line.

Being that far out from Woodside I have to hold down trains to Birkenhead after calling at Hooton and up trains from Birkenhead waiting to call at Hooton for those 14/17 minutes.... which is fine until the rush hour starts. There is also the anorak in me which means that coaches which leave for Chester/Helsby can't return until their due time.... I rapidly realised that I couldn't manage that with the London trains when I saw seven trains each day, each way, in the timetable.... I do maintain the rule for the sleeping cars mind, which is something.

Just while I'm rambling on, I've had a thought... if those engine rosters were in proper order - they're not now, just scraps of paper, all I would need to do is note which engines were under Woodside/in the Fiddle yard when I switch off - and then refer to the rosters when I'm ready to start up again to identify which train is which.... that may work..... I'll give your ideas further thought though as I fancy they may provide a neater solution in the long run.

I've still to finish this timetable, 11.20pm (the 24 hour clock hadn't arrived yet) just two down trains to come, incding the last train of the day from Paddington, and one up train to get through Hooton.... 6C is filling up fast, last time I ended up with 29 engines on shed... with every last inch of track covered! Looks like I'll need an empty stock working as well to balance up the coaching stock for the morning... there's a few more down trains than up it would seem, can get that ex LMS diesel on it's way back to Crewe on that... that is a good model. I use the proximity of Crewe works to provide the odd test run for something outshopped from the works, or overhauled at 5A - they come up with the two TCs from Euston which are taken off a L'pool train at Crewe, then go back light engine... or empty stock.

I'm rambling again....

Onwards and sideways....

...and there's those photos...

Cofion

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Well, nearly Christmas now ho,ho ho and all that.... Been a bit busy, housework, with an unwanted water featured which appeared in the lounge inglenook after one of the recent monsoons... a couple of sessions on the roof.... and it is still leaking - although not as bad, so I've done something, not sure what -  but whatever it is, I need to do more... if it ever stops raining. For now we just try to ignore the sound of water dripping in to the array of tubs on the hearth.

Some progress in the loft - a David Bailey session trying some night shots of late night freight and 6C filling up. Here's the shed :





... more in the gallery. I've also managed to get the tunnel mouths suitably weathered now and addded the nameboards, this is Hooton Soouth





Of course apart from the tunnel from the long closed (1945) Birkenhead Town station and Woodside itself there were no tunnels on the line to Chester, so all names have been chosen relating to stations on the line. Boards are plasticard, with balsa legs, bespoke signs from Sankey Scenics. I always have a bit of balsa in things - throwback to my 50s/60s modelling days when balsa was more popular. (Note to me : you haven't weathered the sign yet)

I've managed to complete the timetable (well a couple of freights to put to bed), and in David Bailey mode again tried capturing Woodside at night. These are the last two trains of the day in Woodside :





that actually doesn't look all that bad, could have done with getting the platform 4 sign turned just a bit, and got some of the coaches in shot, never mind.

More pics in the gallery, including a miserable attempt at taking the station through the main entrance, won't be trying that again.

So now, once these two odd freights are put to bed, time to swap some engines before starting all over again - at least this time I've got a script! - perhaps though I'll get on with finishing the w-i-t to the points in Woodside first - that's a fiddly job, but once done, and having got it working - which can take me some time - often a long time, very rewarding - well, it is to me.

I'm also experimenting with trees at the moment, using stuff from the garden - see Dave's Langley Junction Junction thread

http://yourmodelrailway.net/view_topic.php?id=12834&forum_id=21

.... I remembered how to do that!!!!! Max will be pleased with me......

I'm also trying some other "natural" bits from the garden. I always think stuff made from something natural should look better ....and I'd like try this static grass thingy too - that's totally new to me - so any tips from all you experts out there will be greatly appreciated, and will probably save me from making a total mess of it.

So, from a slightly dripping mid Wales:

                                                           Nadolig Llawen a Blwyddyn Newydd Dda

... I'm off to empty the tubs....

Keith


Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Lovely photos Keith, great to see the progress, despite the Niagara in your house!
I haven't used static grass yet apart from via a puffer bottle, which worked OK, but I reckon the proper applicator will be better.
The puffer bottle was just a normal plastic sauce dispenser bottle (without sauce in it!) filled with the static grass of choice. Shake enthusiastically to generate a static charge in the grass. Cover a small section of the area to be grassed with a thin layer of neat PVA and "puff" or "squirt" the static grass from the puffer bottle, held vertically, nozzle down, onto the PVA. Repeat. allow to dry and tease up the static grass with an old toothbrush should it be required.
someone who HAS used a charged applicator, or who knows where the discussions are in the various layout threads, will be along shortly I'm sure.
If not, try searching for Static Grass... I got dozens of hits.... and then of course there is both google and youtube.
cheersMarty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Marty

Blwyddyn Newydd Dda! ... if a little late... well, quite a lot late.

Blame it all on the Festivities, that pesky chimney (which has remained dryish for over a week now) and monitoring Fflo's waste disposal system (much improved of late thankfully).

With the festivities over, I can now get back to the railway.... at least that's the theory. Many thanks for the info on static grass - I've only got the Gaugemaster starter set - just to try it, so I'd rather hear from someone who's actually done it, than read instructions written by folk who assume we already know how to use it. I'm going to try a patch on the hill between Hooton and the approach to Woodside first, if I can make a half decent job of it, I'll have a go at the recently finished tunnel mouths - watch this space.... there may be the odd tree as well....

All the freights have been put to bed, so just the setting up of the coaching stock at Woodside, and the fiddle yard, ready for the new morning to come, then the pilots can return to 6C, get the loco rosters sorted for the new day - including swapping some locos for ones that have steadfastly remained in their boxes for the past two years, and the end of the day can be formally declared. No doubt a photo or two to record it will appear in the gallery.... soon. Think it'll be 28 engines on 6C this time.

So, a pause for a month to do scenic and other things before we start the timetable all over again, at least this time I'll have a fully detailed script to follow. If past experience is anything to go by that'll be one of those elastic months, which have the habit of stretching and stretching and..... 

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Well, only a week gone, but I have made a start. Woodside is now ready for the new day, whenever it happens to start, and the first swap has been made - the Derby lightweights have replaced the 108 set for use on the Helsby service. I doubt they ever reached Woodside, although they did appear across the Mersey... so perhaps this is a trial run..... or just modellers' licenece. Here they are entering Woodside.




... lovely model that.  My only complaint is the use of leds - they're far too bright, I think some coloured varnish on the lenses may help. One thing I must do with all the DMUs I have is get the destination boards changed to Birkenhead and Helsby, I'd like to do that by getting the new name behind the glass - has anybody done that? Any advice would be much appreciated.

Incidentally I bought the Lightweights way back in 2012 soon after it was reased, from Hereford Models, ticket price then £72.95 - the latest version of it today is now listed at £123.21 at Hattons... 69% increase over four years - this hobby of ours has certainly got a lot more expensive of late. A couple of other replacements : I'm taking one Class 5 and one 8F off the layout, to be replaced by a Bachmann 4F and the Hattons LE Gorton O4 (got this at a bargain price last year, it is £40 dearer now - bit of a sucker for a bargain, that's me). Gorton O4s were often on Bidston shed at the weekend, so I'm assuming that after 6F closed they were stabled at 6C, basically I'll make any excuse.

So Woodside (pl 1 - 4) looks like this now




In the morning the pilot will push two suburban coaches in front of the Lightweights in platform 1 for the 6.25 to Helsby - the railcar's first run is at 7.45 - in platform 2 the Centenary stock at the front of platform 2 (more modellers' licence here - never ever got to Woodside, I just like the look of them... and they were a bargain too!) will form the 5.55 to Chester. In platform 4 the five coaches form the 6.30 to Paddington - the London trains start early!





... in platform 5 is the early morning parcels, which the Metrovik will take as far as Crewe, having spent the night at Woodside. Next to that are the two coaches which form the first train of the day - the 5.12 to Helsby.... which actually starts from Rock Ferry. As I've no sensible way of starting a train other than from Woodside, the few which do start at Rock Ferry depart from the carriage sidings. I suppose If I'd done any planning at all before starting this epic I would have known about this and could have possibly arranged things differently. But me and planning just don't get on, so this is a reasonable compromise as any stock for a train starting at Rock Ferry would have come from the coach sidings south of Woodside anyway.

It did end up with 28 locos on 6C... doesn't include that shunter, on coal duty.





A few other figures.... 54 locos, 68 coaches (including parcels and sleepers), 100ish wagons on the layout at close of play.

Now I did mention trees..... how about this.... instant tree :





... that's not where it will end up, just a handy gap in the baseboard. OK, it doesn't look a lot like a tree, but with some extra "leaves" stuck on it and some dabs of pink paint it won't be that far off a cherry tree. I'll probably spray it with green paint first as over time it will fade. What is it?.... er, a plant - as opposed to a weed that is, which I've borrowed from the garden. My wide knowledge of flowers and stuff coming to the fore now. The various "bushes" are bits of lichen and moss collected in the garden - only lichen which has been blown off, or rained off the trees is used. Some of these have been sprayed, but the idea is to stick some "leaves" to them.... that's work in progress.... well, work not started.

I'm also trying Dave's buddleia method, although most of our flower heads are a bit lobsided... but this small one has possiblities:





...haven't actualy done anything to it yet, but I may be able to do something with it.

Just now the fiddle yard is a mess with stock and locos all over place - that'll be the next job - a few attempts to record the mess are in the gallery, along with a few other end of the day pics. So all I have to do now is get the fiddle yard ready for the new day - last time I put a couple of the early down trains in the loops under Woodside, and got others ready which don't rely on stock coming down from Birkenhead. This time I'm going to do detailed rosters for each engine - I think that will help me to keep tabs on what's going where if I don't operate the layout for a while.... which shouldn't happen.... but there again I don't make all the decisions here..... mutter, mutter....

That'll do for now

Keith



Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Well I was in the middle of this post, pressed the wrong key and ended up being asked about  a "Pocket"...computers!!!!

Right, try again.... Been suffering a bit of late... my back does it's thing every few years (a "souvenir" from our time on Mull) which means getting under the layout is a non starter, but now just about back to normal and progress to report.

That signal from Absolute Aspects I've mentioned a couple of times arrived - and over the last few days I've managed to get it installed :



.. must admit I'm quite pleased with it. The theatre box (I've got all the jargon now) displays 1 to 5, for the platforms at Woodside, and "C" for the carriage sidings. It's a pity that it is in a section of track which hasn't seen the ballaster yet... but this might just be the spur I needed to get on with it. It would be nice to finish off Woodside and the approach... it's just those slips... the one in Hooton took an eternity to get right after I ballasted it... but I really should get on with it!

Full details of the installation of the signal is in the Signals section.... and if I can remember how to do it again, here's the link...

 http://yourmodelrailway.net/view_topic.php?id=14114&forum_id=74

... I really am beginning to believe I'm getting the hang of this...

Keith

new04db
Lurking Around the Forum


Joined: Sun Jan 13th, 2013
Location: Cheltenham, United Kingdom
Posts: 393
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Woodside wrote: .......



 ......

Hi Keith,

Love the canopy above, How did to make that extra bit on the side? bits from the spares box is my guess, Looks really effective.

Like the idea of running to a timetable, something I have often thought about, but have never been able to pull off.

Brilliant work on the new aspect signal, well past my level of electrics.

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

G'day Keith,
I missed the post on the 13th... wow... I have plans for a schedule on NE and that set up of yours has me itching to get on with it. Not that mine will ever be that detailed or busy! To me, having a planned series of actions with reasons for each action, like your early train from Rockferry to Helsby, makes the railway come alive.
6C looks great with the locos on shed and I can hear the hustle and bustle of steam raising, coaling and fire dropping going on.
Good start on the trees. I use the strongest hold hair spray I can buy from the supermarket to glue the flock to my trees. Seems to work, if you can get unscented so much the better, if you can't... well... the ladies cueing up for a perm and a blow dry outside my layout room seem to get the message after a while :lol:
Very nice signal, looks solid and dependable... quality craftsmanship and well worth it. There is something about a layout with working signals on it.
Steady progress, keep at it.
cheers
Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S'mae Aaron

Apologies for the delay... don't get on this forum as much as I should...

Yes, the roof at Woodside did turn out better than I expected - but you did give me a problem about the extensions.... I built the roof about three years back, as ever no sign of any planning, so I couldn't actually remember how I built the extensions. So, put my grey cell to work, remembered I had a surplus of window panels after finishing the main roof (5 sets of Peco LK-20X), but couldn't remember why. Just now, after a lot more effort by the grey cell I remembered.... the sprues of glazing panels in the kits are 2 large and 2 small panels - each span of the roof requires 4 small and 3 large, so each span yields a spare large panel - and that is what I used for the canopy on platform 5. No plans, no measuring - but they were exactly the right size for what I wanted....similarly there is an extension on the far side covering the gap between the main roof and the station building.... again the large panels proved to be a perfect fit, even the main roof too - just fitted, I was expecting to have to move the tracks to make it fit, but no. The number of times this sort of thing has happened with this layout is really rather spooky...

Frames for the extensions are just plasticard, the frames between the panels are off-cuts of the girders provided for the main roof, and when they ran out, the rest were made up from plasticard. Awning again plasticard, with the 'planks' scored on with a blunt blade. The support struts, which do actually hold the extension in place, are bits of point control wire, mounting brackets from plasticard drilled to take the wire, with some insulation from other wire just to add a look of 'strength' at the brackets.

Everybody should have a timetable! For me, it makes any layout so much more interesting.

As to the electrics for the signal... if I can manage it, with my 50's/60s knowlege base, anybody can. It's just two switches, one for the main, one for the shunt so that when the signal is 'off', power goes to the rotary switch/ theatre box to light up the route. So, as it should be, set the road, and the indicator, then finally the signal. I'm afraid I haven't bothered with interlocking - that's a step too far. I must admit that most of the electrics, particularly this DCC stuff, on the forum is beyond me - I prefer to stick simple switches - I understand how switches work.... all this other stuff, no ta.

Keith


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Marty

Shopping yesterday... at least it's only once a week.

We are definitely singing from the same song sheet - for me a timetable makes all the difference - we're modelling a railway, so it's got to run like the real thing in my books. I'm sure you've got all the info you need for NE, but if it is of any interest I've got, along with many anoraks, a copy of the 1920 Bradshaws reprint - so I could put a copy of the timetable on the forum, at least a photo of it.

Trees haven't progressed as yet - I did buy some spray adhesive so I'll see how that goes. No hair spray in the house - Margaret has never used it... and I don't have enough of the necessary to need a spray, would probably find my head sticking to things if I did.... but if the glue doen't work I'll give it a try.

Again, same song sheet, working signals DO make a layout - for me they're as important as the rolling stock. I'd still like to motorise a disc signal, particularly for Hooton, but that could be a step too far...

Keith

Spurno
Owner/Webmaster.


Joined: Tue Aug 14th, 2012
Location: Torquay, United Kingdom
Posts: 4242
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,putting the timetable in a post will be a breach of copyright i'm afraid.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Alan

I'd thought about that already, but decided if Marty could use the info - it will be simpler to just list the trains... all six of them each way per day, nowt on Sunday.... as opposed to 55/62 per day I'm trying to deal with at Birkenhead..... perhaps I should have gone for somewhere a bit quieter... there again, this is my BIG project!

Keith

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks for the thought Keith. While interested in the Bradshaw I do have a detailed set of timetables for the NE branch through the years from the GWR Journal article that kicked it all off all those years ago.

However, history has changed somewhat and the line now runs through to a port at Cardigan (St Dogmaels) and is a lot busier than it was... :lol:

The timetable will expand accordingly but all in good time.

Cheers

Marty

Spurno
Owner/Webmaster.


Joined: Tue Aug 14th, 2012
Location: Torquay, United Kingdom
Posts: 4242
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Woodside wrote: Hi Alan

I'd thought about that already, but decided if Marty could use the info - it will be simpler to just list the trains... all six of them each way per day, nowt on Sunday.... as opposed to 55/62 per day I'm trying to deal with at Birkenhead..... perhaps I should have gone for somewhere a bit quieter... there again, this is my BIG project!

Keith

Keith,you could always email the timetable to Marty.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Alan

I've used the message service a few times, just for a simple e-mail.  From what you say I can attach a photo from my gallery to a message?.... instructions please...... also I've noticed a few posts, like yours, including a section of a previous post.... again simple instructions please.... for a simple soul. I'll get the hang of it all, eventually, just takes a while......

Keith

Spurno
Owner/Webmaster.


Joined: Tue Aug 14th, 2012
Location: Torquay, United Kingdom
Posts: 4242
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,as far as adding a photo to a message is concerned couldn't be easier.Click the centre box above where you are typing the message(pm),"insert existing photo from gallery" and choose the photo you want to use by clicking again.The photo will now appear in your post,click "enter" a couple of times to give you a gap between the photo and add any text you want.

To add a quote,at the bottom of the post where you click "reply" there is a "quote" button,click this in the post you want to quote and the text will appear in your current reply post.You can highlight what you don't want,if any,and delete it.Hope this helps,why not try it out in the test forum.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Alan

Thank you - had a feeling that was how to do it, but preferred to check, just in case - feel a bit like a bull in a china shop with all this up to date computer stuff, with the potential to do serious damage if I hit the wrong key.
Been fighting an e-mail on our machine today which AVG detected as having a trojan horse in an attachment, AVG got rid of it, but left the e-mail hanging in the outbox blocking other e-mails. All's well now - but it reminded me why we both got out of computing back in '85  after 18 years knee deep in things..... knew what we were talking about then!

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

I have been sporadically following your thread, in lurking mode , for some time. I loved that shot of the shed a few posts back:thumbs

My fictional Granby is somewhat to the south of Birkenhead (its exact location is a bit elastic Wrexham/Oswestry)  and most trains passing through are heading to and from Woodside. In consequence I am fascinated by the timetable you are working from.

A couple of questions if I may. You mentioned the London train of 5 coaches.....is this from the timetable or amended to suit your layout?

Secondly I am building a milk train sequence from Shrewsbury via Granby to Birkenhead.......will this have to be fiction or was there such a train in which case when did it and the empties return run?

Many thanks

Kind regards from Vancouver

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi John

Apologies for the delay in replying, windfarms and shopping, the usual excuses.

I don't spend as much time as I should on the forum, there again if I did progress at Woodside would be even slower. Please keep lurking! - I've just had a look at Granby, wow, that is seriously a different league to anything I'm trying to achieve - magnificent! - given that we started the layouts at roughly the same time the difference is embarassing...

Interesting that we have something of a connection with Woodside, give or take a few years.

All my info is from the fifties/sixties era, so I'm not too sure how it relates to pre nationalisation days, but I would have thought things wouldn't be that different. London trains were usually six coaches from Birkenhead, with a restaurant car (to some trains) and additional coaches added at Shrewsbury. I've had to trim one coach off the London trains - my Woodside station can accomodate seven, well six and a half, coach trains - but the storage loops under Woodside do, during the rush hours, need to hold two trains in each loop - six coach trains are a problem. I do run six coaches with the London Sleeper (2 sleepers, 4 coaches) - a ridiculously early start at 20.55, but the rush hour is long passed. Most London trains were taken down to Chester with a 2-6-4T,  occasionally a Stanier Crab/Crab (the Crabs became more popular at the death), as the 'real' engine was hooked on at Chester - usually a Castle.

As to a milk train, well, I bought some milk wagons a while back (another one of my famous bargains) with the idea of running a milk train up to Birkenhead - purely because on my last layout (1963!) I had a single line branch which ran around to a dairy. I've no idea if milk trains ever made it to Birkenhead, probably more likely in your era than mine. As I've no space to have a dairy on the layout - it became an oil depot, yet to be built, but more in keeping with Elesmere Port just down the line -  I thought about it being off the layout just south of Woodside, so the empties would arrive in the goods yard after visiting the dairy, to be marshalled for their return trip - there being no crossover on the mainline at the dairy..... that's just about plausible..... and would give the engine a chance to visit 6C before returning.

Hope this is useful - I've got timetables for 60,61, a reprint of Bradshaw from 1922, and two others from 55 and 59, so if you think I can help, please just ask.

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Thank you for taking the time to write such a detailed reply. I am sorry for the delayed acknowledgement.....I have been in bed for the last two days:sad:

Thats very useful information about the length of the passenger trains and the Loco change at Chester.......before nationalisation Chester-Birkenhead was a joint line and I believe they used to alternate GWR and LMS locos and stock......havent worked out how I am going to replicate that yet!

I wouldnt want to cause you a lot of bother but if the 1955 timetable mentions a Milk Train it would be great to know what time it reached the Wirral......just so I can work back for my mythical timetable

Again many thanks

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi John

Trust you're fully recovered now. Sorry, only passenger timetables - the 55 one is a moth-eaten Bradshaws I obtained, so any passenger queries, no problem.

All Birkenhead trains heading down the GWR route changed engines at Chester - came in at the north end of Station and went out the same way - freight used the avoiding line across the top of the "Y" if you see what I mean. In my day they used the two bay platforms at Chester, as we pulled in to one bay platform you saw, standing in the adjacent platform, what was taking the train on, as I mentioned before, usually a Castle. As soon as we came to a halt the new engine was on the crossover and backing on - as soon as it was coupled up, the original engine was uncoupled. Didn't take them long, in '61 (what I'm running now) two of the London trains are timetabled for just seven minutes for the turnaround, but mostly it was more like 10 - 11 minutes. The only services which went through Chester were the two TC London Euston trains each day - one got tacked onto the back of the Emerald Isle Express in Chester, the other travelled on to Crewe were it was added to a Bleckpool - Euston train (UP) or a Liverpool - Euston train (DOWN). I've started rambling on again.....

If I get this milk train incorporated into my timetable I'm thinking of a late afternoon/early evening arrival at the dairy with a return trip around 9ish.

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Keith.....I am up and about now:thumbs

That was another very useful post............I do a number of loco xchanges, all automatically with RR&Co, and I have never been quite certain how much additional delay to build in........sounds like not very much.....thank you!

They were the sort of timings I was thinking of for the Milk Train but I was just guessing.....feel more confident now

Cheers

 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

About time I updated what little progress I've made of late. Been somewhat distracted with the fight against yet another windfarm in mid Wales... all our efforts came to nought as approval was granted last week - so now we will have the joy of seeing thirteen 420 foot turbines on the hills just a couple of miles up the road from here, as the peace and tranquility for which mid Wales was once famous, takes another battering.... progress is a wonderful thing...

I digress. Mike's array of Metcalfe kits on Quernaby New set me thinking about those kits I bought a while back... for a project to have a sort of docks/warehouse backdrop behing the goods shed... and so I set to making up the Warehouse kit in low relief form



Can't add the roof yet - depends on how it sits against the back wall/ceiling of the loft. One thing that corner is quite dark, so I'll need lighting - but as I've already made up the joining wall as per the kit (black background behind the windows) I'll fit some of my standard lamps under the connecting bridge.



I know all about lights and cardboard buildings, I have at least used plasticard for the shades this time, rather than my usual paper, but basically the lights are never on for long periods so I'm quite happy. The bulbs are 3V gow which I bought ages back, for reasons which are now beyond me.

As for the main buildings, as the kit includes 'floors' I'll need a lamp for each floor - so I've used more of these 3V in series with the bridge lamps - so that gives two sets of 5 bulbs, which with a 12v supply shouldn't be too bright, I'll leave alternate connections uncovered so it will be easy to find the offending bulb when the lights go out. For fitting the bulbs for the floors I've used similar idea as I used for the additional lighting in the fiddle yard.



... makes for easy replacement when the time comes. I've trimmed the roof to fit the ceiling of the loft, no picture of that, all that is needed now is a "griming down" of the whole thing, with my standard very watery black emulsion. For me it makes the whole thing look more natural - all my earlier Metcalfe buildings are still pristine, but eventually they'll all get the same treatment. The trick with the watery emulsion is to apply it very carefully, too much and you end up with curved walls when it dries out.




..OK, I missed that white edge, it has since been further attacked after I saw the photo. Eventually it will stand behind the goods shed. I've got another warehouse kit to link this kit to a small factory kit which will have it's platform alongside the far line from the goods shed.



You can see now why I need some lights.

I've also spent a while studying the timetables for 1960, I've been thinking of going back one year - so I can use my recently acquired green coach on the through service to Bournemouth. Apparently it was not unusual to see a green coach in Woodside when the Bournemouth service was running - the last year was 1960 - must admit I never saw one, there again I was always up at the shed. Anyway, there were some major differences betwen 60 and 61 - perticularly with the timings at Hooton, with all trains given an arrival and departure time... which may well give me some problems with the storage loops under Woodside... so for now I'll run through '61 again first, while working on 60... and that green coach will have to stay in the box.

Finally, I saw Dave's trees on Langley Junction last November, and reckoned on having a go "in a couple weeks".... four months on... that's pretty good for me.... I've had a go. Dave used Buddleia flower heads before the seeds formed... I collected some from the garden, but shapewise and sizewise they weren't ideal. Last month I noticed the seed heads on our neighbour's Buddleia, seeds formed and gone, and had a whole wet winter to survive, so I've used them and some of the top small heads on our trees and decided to finall give it a go. A couple of the seed heads ...




and some potential poplars



So as per Dave's method, sprayed green, then when dry spray on some glue and then sprinkle some foliage over the tree... and hey presto... a tree




... there's actually not a lot of foliage on this, most of it stuck to my fingers.... but I'll get better, eventually. Most of what look like leaves are the seed casings. For a tree of this size I think the base of the trunk is a bit on the thin side, so I fattened it up a bit usining kitchen towel, and yes, that stuck to me more than the tree as well, think I went a bit too thick, some brown paint added as well.



... that's not where the tree is going, just a handy gap in the baseboard. Anyway I've planted them all for now in my green undercoated plaster hill just to see what they look like.



Defintely not up to Dave's standard, but a useful first effort. That tall one is bending in the wind - that's a terrible excuse for using a bent seed head - did try to straighten a few......unsuccessfully. This autumn I'll collect the heads at the right time, and with a better technique for applying the foliage (I've made myself a shaker, rather than sprinkling the stuff over the tree) I should be able to produce a half decent forest.

So that's brought you up to date... 1961 timetable about to start, apart form the Derby Lightweights, the other newcomers are



the Hattons LE O4 (a Gorton engine, so fine for Birkenhead), a 4F and the Midland pattern DPV... and this photo also highlights yet another half finished job (I'm real expert at this) namely the rest of the point rodding at Woodside.

More progress to follow...eventually

Keith




MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Love your work, Keith.  :thumbs

Silver Fox
Deceased Member


Joined: Sun Mar 23rd, 2014
Location: Ingleby Barwick, Stockton-on-tees, United Kingdom
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

just managed to read through your thread,great stuff some good ideas there too
:thumbs;-):cool:
Owen

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Max - things always look better in the photos than they do in the flesh, if you see what I mean.... but I suppose it's better that way round! Still feel I've a lot of catching up to do before my efforts can match other layouts on the forum, but I'm getting there... slowly.... very, very slowly.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Owen

Glad you found it interesting - just had a quick look at your thread - don't get on the forum as much as I should, eats into my allowed "loft time".... I really will have to reopen negotiations on extending my hours, trouble is that usually ends up with me getting an even longer list of things "you said you'd do, that somebody is still waiting for them to be done"....

That is some layout you're constructing, very envious of the roundhouse... wish I had more space now! Sorry to hear about your health problems and I hope everything is on the mend now. I fear a lot of us are of an age where things tend to pack up, misfire or generally go wrong - but we keep battling on.... I've got my annual cardiac MOT next month... last time I checked it was still working.... but these doctors do like to find something.....

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

... while I'm on.... couple of things I forgot I'd managed to do - some more signs for the Stations... finally made the sign for platform 5 at Woodside, and the "use the bridge" signs for Hooton. With some odd scraps of rail and sleepers I extended one of the loco roads from the turntable which means I can now park four tank locos on it without them being coupled together. Also I've acquired one of the excellent Bachmann Auto Trailers... price has always been a bit of a problem for me with £59ish the best around... for a single coach.... but then I saw that MRD were offering them at just under £50... so I got one. It will go with the Hattons 1400 tank when it arrives later in the year - surprisingly Birkenhead had two - 1417 and 1457 - from Nationalisation up until 1958, when they were transferred away. They were used with an auto trailer on the West Kirby branch for the odd services which just ran between Hooton and West Kirby - most services ran to/from Woodside. So once I've sussed out 1959ish to get my green coach into use I can then go back to 1955 (I've got a Bradshaws from '55)... and get the Auto Trailer going too... the West Kirby service ended in 1956.

I've been going around the layout with the Dapol track cleaner in readiness for the restart of 1961 running - I use it in vacuum cleaner mode mostly - picks up an alarming amount of fluff and debris (including the odd bit of pipework which has fallen off a loco) - it also does an excellent job of removing any ballast that isn't firmly attached to the baseboard. I load it up with the track cleaning fluid as well. Didn't find it as successful using it in track cleaning mode - found the edge of the pads would often catch in the ends of the springs of some code 75 points, and once that happens they then catch on track joints and very quickly it all goes wrong... but as a vacuum with the track cleaning fluid - brilliant. Once it has been around all the track, I can reballast all those patches which have appeared....

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith. Terrific railway, ballasting looks excellent, signals, stations, and sheds every looking realistic. And there's me, still faffing about trying to get my Puzzle Yard wiring and wire in tube sorted. Keep up the good work. all the best Kevin

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Congratulations on the header photo Keith.......well deserved:doublethumb

Silver Fox
Deceased Member


Joined: Sun Mar 23rd, 2014
Location: Ingleby Barwick, Stockton-on-tees, United Kingdom
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

John Dew wrote: Congratulations on the header photo Keith.......well deserved:doublethumb
totally agree,:cheers
:thumbs;-):cool:
Owen

Ed
Full Member


Joined: Tue Jan 29th, 2013
Location: West Anglia Main Line, United Kingdom
Posts: 3914
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Silver Fox wrote: John Dew wrote: Congratulations on the header photo Keith.......well deserved:doublethumb
totally agree,:cheers
:thumbs;-):cool:
Owen

Me too, well done Keith :thumbs:thumbs:thumbs

Ed

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

It's a lovely shot, Keith.  :cool:

Well deserved.  :thumbs

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Afternoon All

We'll, I'm a bit speechless.. just logged in and thought for a minute mmm... that could be Hooton...then, once the grey cell had reached full power, I realised it was Hooton. Every time I log in I look at Alan's Picture of the Week, and think it'll be a wee while before my efforts are up to that standard.... me, with my 60's knowledge base and still using some of the same tools!.... and now I have this permanent smile, which presumably will wear off soon.... so many thanks from a seriously chuffed Scouser.

Alan has chosen well, as this looks like a finished section, as opposed to the rest of the layout which is nowhere near finished. I guess Hooton is about 75% there, some work on the approach road outside the station and goods depot to do, the coal yard, disc signals to add (still thinking about having them operational either by w-i-t or point motors) and I'm going to try the Wills' point rodding kits for effect - that will show more at the north end of the station, then there's the weathering of the buildings... don't suppose it will ever be actually finished.. there's always something.

Finally Dapolled all the track in the fiddle yard, collected a few dead bodies down there, so just about ready to start the '61 timetable again, which hopefully should run with no problems. Been a bit distracted this week, our hedgehogs have returned early, after the mild winter, so feeding and hogcam are back in operation, together with a new hog house which I got for my birthday from our neighbours - the 'hogs took to it no problem.

.... no, the smile is still there....

Keith

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,

Hope you keep that smile a tad longer and well done me old Scouser mate, great layout, hopefully yet to bring miles more smiles.

Bill :)

Spurno
Owner/Webmaster.


Joined: Tue Aug 14th, 2012
Location: Torquay, United Kingdom
Posts: 4242
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Great photos deserve due recognition Keith.Do you have a link to the webcam?.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Bill

The smile had gone by this morning... I had a dentist appointment, and me and dentistry have a hate-hate relationship. Simon is brilliant, how he puts upwith me I've no idea, and with those magic words "nothing to do Keith" the smile started to return. Trust that swimming pool isn't holding up progress with the important things in life over there... I'm looking forward to an update on Burbage Road. Smile fully restored now.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Spurno wrote: Great photos deserve due recognition Keith.Do you have a link to the webcam?.

Hi Alan

Sincere thanks, I guess it's just me, can't really see anything special in it, because it is my layout and I see it every day, well most days when I'm allowed... and the layout definitely looks better on the screen than it seems to look in the flesh... is that the same for everyone?

As to your question, remember it took me a while to get a photo in a post, and getting a web address included was a major triumph... and now I've done this quote thing too.... but a link to the webcam... I need a few more details (of explanation) please... one of your excellent "how to do it" posts.

I dont think I'm even a novice at this forum thing yet... just a former computer nerd some thirty odd years out of date. All I know is that there is, I think, a camera above this computer screen, which is in the kitchen... the layout is in the loft...  I've used my digital version of a point and click camera to take movies of Woodside at various times of the day when all five plaforms are in use, just for reference, but wouldn't even consider putting them up on the forum - upload speed from our satellite based broadband are so low it would take an eternity. I've seen references to a webcam in other posts, but not even dared to click on anything.. just in case I do some irreparable damage to something. In my day we could often get a system working again with a well placed thump on the case... nowadays such a thump would leave everything on the floor, probably in more pieces than it used to be, and no chance of working ever again.

Please be patient with me, I'll get there in the end... but like the layout, progress will, of necessity, be rather slow.

Cofion

Keith


Spurno
Owner/Webmaster.


Joined: Tue Aug 14th, 2012
Location: Torquay, United Kingdom
Posts: 4242
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

In your own time.No rush.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

... so that'll be dead slow then Alan, I'm good at that!

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Just had a look at your (Buddleia) trees. Good work, coming along well. I would certainly agree the stalks forming the trunk of the trees (as picked) tend to be a bit thin without the addition of some bulking out as per your idea of wrapping them in some kitchen towel. PS I'm glad I'm not the only one who has more of whatever stuck to fingers than on the item being constructed!!

Looking at your other layout photos, it seems I have an awful long way to get anywhere near the standard of your layout. I congratulate you. I particularly like the threatrebox signal on the entry road - what a price tho! I don't really have the right place to fit one of them, although I would have the location - it just wouldn't be seen from anywhere I could operate from - it would be such as waste.

Right back to the drawing board......hopefully I'll be posting some more in a couple of weeks when there's something to show (just not had the time to get back in there).

Cheers
Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Dave

Yes, paint, glue whatever I'm working with, usually ends up with more of it on me than anything else, apart from perhaps the floor.... Your kind comments on the layout are much appreciated, but I fear we all seem to suffer from seeing other layouts as better than our own - I reckon it is down to the photos - certainly in all the photos I've taken, the layout looks far better than it appears in real life - possibly because they are taken from unusual angles... not sure... but certainly your scenic work is in a different league to my meagre efforts.... and there are plenty of places where my layout consists of just track and nowt else.

A confession... that expensive signal, how can I put it, I can't see it easily (and neither can anyone else) where it is... but for me the signalling is most important... and I know the drivers can see it! Occasionally, I stretch round, just to check all is well...... I'm thinking perhaps I should fit a mirror somewhere. The layout will only be finished when ALL the signalling is in and operational... and that includes those promised discs in Hooton.... so that'll be a good few years away!! The "railway" part has to be right, down to gradent posts where the gradient changes, apporopriate speed restriction signs and so on. I'm am a total anorak....

Looking forward to an update on your layout, as you can see I'm into lights on platforms and buildings and in the yards.... but if it's OK with you, I'll leave all the computery stuff to you.

Cofion

Keith 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, some progress to report... with part time neighbour Paul due up for the whole of next week, last week I decided to wait to start the timetable - the idea being that between us we should (there's that word again) be able to manage the first hours of the morning without needing to stop the clock.... well that's the theory.

With that in mind,  I decided to extend the warehouse behind the goods shed, by butchering another Metcalfe Warehouse kit. Hopefully this will then link to the Small Factory kit, I bought that a while back, (so it must be in one of the boxes under the layout), with the platform section alongside the back track from the yard.

Must admit I'm a bit of a fan of Metcalf kits - with a bit of weathering they do give you a fairly decent result in not a lot of time, and importantly not a lot of money, and just putting them together is quite satisfying. As space is limited, with the track getting ever nearer to the back wall I can only accomodate a three storey building, so I set about removing a storey:



..you can see I've cleared my workspace, sort of. Extra scrap card strips behind to help with the join, and put together that join will disappear when it gets the weathering treatment...





I'm not fitting the windows until I've got the formation of the building sorted, as I may need to butcher some of the window sections to fit the modified building. Then, I started thinking about the actual design of this next section, and for a few seconds I almost started to plan the thing... just in time I scribbled a note and got on with it... this is as near as I ever get to a plan....



... the lower one is the final design!! The connecting section, in the centre, has to be botched up out of the offcuts, and some brick paper....



...the windows don't line up, but it is right behind the goods shed, so shouldn't be too noticeable, and again the joins will improve with weathering.

At that point we got dragged back into the windfarm saga again... this time in Welsh.... so a temporary halt to proceedings.... more soon -ish.

Keith


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Well I did say soon -ish... our Welsh bit on S4C went OK -ish, pity they chose the coldest week in April for many a long year, to have us stood at a wind farm construction site! and then more delays down to a week of dizzy spells... bit alarming, but all's well again now. Right, for the doors section I had to remove the second door, and then add the brick surround, reduced by the same amount - taken out at the next floor so that the joins aren't all on the same line :




The three storey door section can now be built



... again the joins should be less obvious once weathered. Now it is time to fit the botched section to the original completed warehouse:



... you may have noticed the deliberate mistake... I'd stuck a half width brick section - as on the right hand edge - but of course the left hand edge is straight, not a corner, so removing the half section took some of the suface with it - not a problem, with the full width brick section which I should have used, covering my mistake. I decided to put the bridge between the original model and the new extension, partly to cover up the botched section, and also as the bridge is angled because of the extended side wall it makes it a bit more awkward (weird logic in operation here!). That means ends cut at an angle, and the overall length reduced which means more cutting :



...another error here, I was going to reduce the bridge length at the window - when I realised it would be better to trim either end... so the first cut shows.... thank goodness for weathering...

Now, attach the three storey door section to the original with the modified bridge



... I did check that the three storey section fits under the loft roof OK - the photo does show how the weathering improves the appearance, well I think it does.

Just remains now to make the rest of the three storey sections, and glue it all together. Incidentally, I've decided to light various floors of the new warehouse, rather than lighting all floors, so on the botched section I'm lighting just the ground floor - (there's also one of my standard lights under the bridge) - with a sort of 'light box' arrangement.



.. also as I've been clearing out my gow stocks, there are 3V, 6V, 12V used , in groups in series, which should produce different lighting levels on different floors.... I think...

The whole thing now glued together and weathered :



... a total length of a tad over 31" - not bad for an outlay of less than £30!

Incidentally, if you look at the completed thing from above :



... and check it against that "plan" I drew, there is a remarkable similarity... me, with a plan, ....sometimes I amaze myself!!!

Finally, in position



Must get around to painting some sky on the loft roof - that will improve the look no end. Lights not connected yet, that'll have to wait.  As will the next phase to include the small factory and platform, which should give me an "industrial" backscene to the layout, up to the marshalling yard. It is time I got on with running the timetable after such a long lay off... new loco on the way - Hattons, along with other dealers, have some excellent Hornby bargains just now... chance to replace my tender drive 2P, and get some more goods vehicles.

...there again I'm in Metcalfe mood just now.... watch this space....      

Keith



MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Nice work, Keith.  :thumbs

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith. Every time I see your layout I'm amazed how expert you are, I to have a Warehouse kit to build, Kadees to fit, and time just runs away like "sand in a glass", keep up the good work. Kevin

Silver Fox
Deceased Member


Joined: Sun Mar 23rd, 2014
Location: Ingleby Barwick, Stockton-on-tees, United Kingdom
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

they sit there just right ,nice job
:thumbs;-):cool:
Owen

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I do like Warehouses as a back scene and you have made a super job of that Metcalfe conversion......great stuff.

I totally relate to all those measurement issues.....I thought I was the only guy who did that:lol:

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Nice one Keith! You've certainly got the eye to cut and paste and make it your own (oh, I hate that phrase!) - well done anyway.  Looking forward to seeing it lit up at some stage. Keep up the good work.
Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Afternoon Max, Kevin, Owen, John and Dave

Many thanks for all the positive comments... much appreciated, made me think that perhaps I should carry on in Mertcalfe mode just a bit longer... so I went off under the layout in search of that Small Factory kit I'd bought a while back...eventually found it, well it and another one! Perhaps I should explain... my grey cell has these ideas.. and so I buy the bits needed for that idea... and then promptly move on to the next idea.... which after a period of time can be an idea I've had before... which is obviously what's happened here. Anyway, I'm going to get on with it now before I forget about it again and then buy another kit in a couple of years from now. With two kits I reckon I can build one as is, the other will probably become a semi-low relief affair linked by the platforms - with part of the combined platform having road access - from a main gate entrance adjacent to the warehouse I've just finished... we'll see how things progress.... probably end up completely different....

Note to Metcalfe - it would be quite handy if they gave the overall dimensions of the completed model on the back of the 'box' - I always end up getting everything out, then measuring the important parts, so I can cut out cardboard templates to check on how it will fit on the layout... just a thought.

It may however take a while... something about a garden fence which needs renewing... which I'll probably have to do (before the runner bean plants get planted apparently).... but that should (-ish) then give me a few weeks to get on with the important things... plus we'll have to wait for stuff to be delivered first... so once again - watch this space.

Oh yes, Kevin, expert I am not... more like an enthusiastic bodger just carrying on from where he left off in the early 70s!... OK, when it comes to organised chaos... I'm pretty much an expert at that...

Keith

Ed
Full Member


Joined: Tue Jan 29th, 2013
Location: West Anglia Main Line, United Kingdom
Posts: 3914
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

This any good Keith?

http://www.metcalfemodels.com/00-h0-warehouse

Click on More Views & Dimension



Ed


PS realise it's a bit late for this particular kit.


Last edited on Mon May 9th, 2016 11:21 pm by Ed

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Ed

Many thanks for that - never thought of checking the website, I'll check all future jobs involving Metcalfe kits - still can't see why they don't put the info on the packaging.. or at least a reference to the website... or include it on the instruction sheets.... Still, I'm a happy bunny now, thanks again.

Keith

PS to my last post... the bodger can't even get his dates correct.... for early 70s please read early 60s... by the early 70s my interest had switched to thrashing an Imp Sport on the Club Rally scene.... those were the days!!

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, only just over a week gone by, and some progress to report... most unusual for me.... Birkenhead Woodside is now ready for the new day with the last bit of rolling stock movements complete



L to R : platform 1, three suburban coaches for the 6.25 to Helsby - behind them is the DMU set which start work on the Helsby run later; platform 2, three Centenary coaches (only 'cos I like them) form the first train of the day the 5.55 to Chester (I reckon that was the workers' train, hence the grotty coaches) behind them another three coaches (spare); platform 3, another three coaches for the 6.42 to Chester; platform 4, 5 coaches for the first Paddington train of the day at 6.30; platform 5 - the first parcels train of the day (5.05) bound for the GW main line - usually a Hall or 2800 would take this but the Metrovik (in the foreground) which brought in the previous evening working (on a test run from Crewe - I have a vivid imagination) and has spent the night at the station will take it back to Chester; in the adjacent siding, the two suburban coaches will form the first train of the day, the 5.12 from Rock Ferry to Helsby - I've mentioned that before I think. It is quite handy from a storage point of view that the first arrival at Woodside isn't until the 6.48 from Helsby (the return working of the Rock Ferry train) - so I can store all the stock in the station at the start of the day.

... and yes, I will get around to that ballasting soon.... ish.

So, trains will be running any day now... but I'm still in Metcalfe mode too, so I'm starting one of the small factory kits, which will be built as is - and will stand roughly where I've put the templates - measurements off the website, thanks again Ed...



The other kit will be to the left of this, and will probably need, in part, to be low relief... I get the feeling I'm repeating myself again... senility definitely making an appearance, you have to make allowances!

I've also been painting some sort of sky behind the warehouse, don't look too close... because of the location, done left handed with an old long handled radiator brush... but a bit of an improvement, I think, on the wood panels of the roof.




I decided to wire up the warehouse lights, just to see how it looks...



.. I think the idea of lighting odd floors and using different levels of brightness has sort of worked... other views in the Gallery.

..and with the other lights out :



... hope you're not too disappointed Dave.... that second floor nearest the camera is actually a reflection off the goods shed - there ain't any lights on the second floor. More sky to do, and get these small factories built and then hopefully it will look better.... I may even get some ballasting done!...there I go, repeating myself again...

There is also the small matter of getting some trains running... although the impending arrival of some new garden fencing (not OO gauge unfortunately) may well hold up proceedings for a while... unless of course the weather is bad... but it never is when you need it to be!!!

That'll do for now.

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Looking good Keith.

I like the lighting effects - not too much, not too little. I think you've got the balance about right.

Keep up the good work..... and don't forget to run some trains. Maybe I'll find time to clear the tracks of rubbish here and run some myself (running trains is on one of my To Do lists!).

Dave

16A
Deceased Member


Joined: Tue Sep 2nd, 2014
Location: Nottingham, United Kingdom
Posts: 186
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith...

Been having a good read and I must say it's all coming along very nicely...I like it...

Thanks for the mention in Post#80 and I've a question about your 'griming down' if you don't mind... you said, "The trick with the watery emulsion is to apply it very carefully, too much and you end up with curved walls when it dries out." Could you be a little more specific for me please?... especially the 'apply it very carefully, too much and you end up with curved walls when it dries out'
I'm thinking of doing a bit of griming down myself but don't want to mess it all up having spent a fair amount of time putting all my Metcalfe buildings together... really don't want any curved walls.....

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Dave, Mike

Apologies for the delay in replying, we've been a bit preoccupied with Fflyff - the other half of our demon duo - she has had a spell of scratching her eyes recently, been on antiseptic and corneal repair drops for four weeks now... and this weekend seemed hellbent on doing it again. Monday, a new day, and, as ever a different cat, so we can now get on with our lives for a change... Thanks again for the positive comments.

We're singing from the same hymn sheet Dave - my memories of early 60s lighting on the railways/industrial sites - apart from mainline stations and the new super marshalling yards - was that it was minimal at best, so I'm not going overboard with the lighting. The H&S folk of today would have had a field day and probably closed most engine sheds, goods sheds and yards, and all but the biggest stations on the grounds of inadequate/unsafe lighting.

Mike, I hadn't thought about weathering before, on my last layout (finished in 1963)... dear oh eck - that's 53 years ago... I really do wish I hadn't mentioned that now!!.... there was no weathering. But, reading the mags on my restart I could see there was a point to it all - and so intially I tried it on the retaining walls at Woodside - Wills panels - plastic. I think I used what they call 'dry brushing' - with a 1/2" flat artists brush I just dipped the end of the bristles in the black emulsion and proceeded to spread it quickly over the walls - seemed to work OK.  Didn't bother with card kits at first 'cos I reckoned the pressure I was putting on the brush would probably damage the surface of the card. Eventually I decided to try it with a very thin emulsion solution... just put a brushful of emulsion in a small tub, add water until I had something resembling muddy water. Just dipping the ends of a brush in this didn't work, needed to load the brush (not too much) - and then as before just spread it quickly over the surface, this time though, no pressure on the brush. Always go over some patches a second/third time to get the slight differences in overall colour. The sensible thing would have been to try it on some offcuts from a Metcalfe kit, but this is me, so I tried it out on the roundhouse I'd bodged from two Metcalfe two road engine shed kits. It seemed to work, but I noticed the following day that on one roof section, where I had been a bit too generous with the 'paint', it had dried with a slight curve. Thinking about it afterwards, I always do my thinking afterwards, when card gets properly wet it does curl a bit as it dries - hence the warning about not applying too much - particularly any exposed edges. I'd try it on some Metcalfe offcuts first, that allows you to see if the 'colour' is right, or if it needs more paint/water. Once you're happy with the colour, then try it on a wall which is mostly obscured by other buildings, before starting on something important. The other thing - be fairly quick in spreading the 'paint', speed is recommended, and don't put too much on any corners - the open fold will absorb whatever you put on it which might start the curving process, and don't worry about windows, just go over everything in one go, anything on the window will just dry - giving you dirty windows, and will give the 'paintwork' a few darker patches. The overall effect gives me what I wanted. That first warehouse, built as the standard low relief, took less than five minutes. Once it is fully dry, you can always go over any bits you're not happy about, or give it another go if the whole thing needs to be darker. Once you've settled on what you see as 'right', it does seem to be easy to reproduce it on another model. Always remember, if I can do it, it can't be difficult... If you have any other questions, please ask away.

Keith


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

.... while I'm on.... just remembered... the Horby 2P arrived, the reviews when it was first released were right, nothing done to the body, so it is basically the Mainline model from 1984 - not even replaced the oversize front coupling and still a cavernous gap between engine and tender. At least the tender drive is no more. Definitely way overpriced, but at the special offer price not bad. Traction tyres on one pair of driving wheels....mmmmmm... does anyone, apart from me, remember Triang's "Magnadhesion" (think that's how it was spelt)???? Way back, I'm not counting the years again, I converted a Triang SR L1 into a 2P following an article in RM - that had Magnadhesion, the driving wheels were magnetised by magnets in the chassis - that L1 would pull anything, and I had some serious gradients on that layout. All we need is a new form of nickel silver which is magnetic.....

I'd like to run the 2P on the Helsby service, (don't think they ever reached 6C, but this modellers' licence does come in handy) but with no turning facilities at Helsby.... even though there is in the fiddle yard, it would have to work back tender first... which is OK -ish, but that will mean leaving that awful coupling on the front... can I fit an NEM socket on the front bogie which will at least give it a smaller coupling?... or does anyone do a small tesion lock which is screw fitted?

Keith

16A
Deceased Member


Joined: Tue Sep 2nd, 2014
Location: Nottingham, United Kingdom
Posts: 186
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Keith...

I'll give it a go... probably round the back of one of the buildings see how I get on... not today though... I'm erecting Midland style fencing along the back of Quernaby Station... as it's forecast to be a hot(ish) day, I might break out into a sweat or something what with all the heavy lifting involved... there again... maybe not.....

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

At last, a little progress to report... the fencing (not OO gauge) took longer than anticipated, and was followed with the dreaded "while you're out here what about.... " ... so a couple of other jobs to do. Then it was Fflyff's turn, somehow she had managed to get something in the scratch, still healing, on her eye... which meant an emergency op. at the vets.... she's on the mend now. Turned out to be a wood splinter - these are house cats! Fflo struggles on, eating and sleeping... looking every bit of her 17 years, but happy with her lot.

Back to the job in hand - I've made up the first of the small factory kits, and amazingly it fits exactly between the baseboard, the purlin and the roof - anyone would think I'd planned this....



The three storey section is quite close to the tracks, but the design forces this with the loading platform ... and I really must get on with that ballasting.... but it would be nice to get some trains running too...

I've not fitted the staircase as yet... having second thoughts about the position now, and the second kit.... so no plan, as ever. There is a gap of around 17" between the current position and the warehouses, so I'm still thinking about a low refief version, and a main entrance to the site... I'll start building the second kit... and see what happens... I'll eventually decide on something!

Incidentally on my rant about dimensions of Metcalfe kits I did, eventually, notice that on both the warehouse kits and the factory kits they do show the dimensions on the packaging - for both kits, on one it is on the back, the later ones (I think) it is on the front, so presumably in time all Metcalfe kits will be like this.... and on the subject of the small factory, I did notice that the window "frames" and the windows do not follow precisely the brick arch above the frame - they do on the warehouse - which is unusual for Metcalfe.



.. so my usual method of lining up the lefthand side of the window/frame didn't quite work this time. I'm a big fan of Roket glue, but unless you notice such things instantly, there's no changing it later! Still once weathered, and where it is on the layout, it won't matter. Also building the three storey section, it isn't as solid as usual - mainly due to the floors I think, the instructions imply that the floors are on the thicker grey card sheets (as the warehouse), but they are in fact on the printed, thinner, sheets. Once complete it is fine.

So, one kit built, not sure about the position now, or exactly what to do with the second kit - but I'll start building it anyway... any suggestions greatfully received.

Like I said at the start... little progress.

Keith





 

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Those buildings have come up nicely, Keith.  :thumbs

Don't worry about not having a plan.  I've just realised that I have to add 300 mm to my gauntlet tracks.  Dunno where I'm going to put the shipwright's building now.  :oops:

16A
Deceased Member


Joined: Tue Sep 2nd, 2014
Location: Nottingham, United Kingdom
Posts: 186
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith... a tip that may help is a quick way I've learned to fit windows in Metcalf kits...

Go through the usual procedure of cutting out all the window squares then, have all the ones for whichever wall you're doing at the ready - outside surface face up... and the wall section - again outside surface face up... doing them one window at a time lay one window square on the bench or other flat surface and put a minute dab of Roket in each corner of the square... pick up the wall section, hold it above the window square and gradually lower the wall section down onto the square... it helps if you guide it down whilst looking through the aperture into which the window is being fitted... you can clearly see the printed window frame and the outside wall aperture to get it in the correct position... its suprising how accurate it can be... I hold the wall fractionally above the square... double checking alignment... before finally allowing them to come together... quick press and job done...

I find doing it this way you don't have to fiddle about with little bits of plastic squares, holding them with tweezers, having Roket running down the squares trying to position them on the backs of walls whilst looking at the front of the building for alignment purposes or getting your fingers covered in glue... laying windows down onto the backs of buildings doesn't allow you to check position properly and, if it's wrong, you're almost snookered with Roket... doing it my way it also doesn't matter if you've got chunky, un-nimble fingers like me... all you're holding is a nice chunky wall... nothing else...

It's also very quick you'll wonder why you ever did it another way... I did the large warehouse (PO282) which is full of windows (over 50) in a little over fifteen minutes (the longest job was cutting them out) and... they're almost all perfectly positioned...

Last edited on Wed Jun 8th, 2016 12:43 pm by 16A

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Max, Mike

Apologies for the delay in replying - been busy with the cats and windfarms - the usual excuses.

Max, I never worry, if I thought for one minute I actually had a plan.... that would keep me awake at night, 'cos I wouldn't know what to do with it. Now, 300mm.... is that what I call a foot? - I can visualise 12 inches, but these metric thingies just don't do it for me... despite my computing background I fancy there's a bit of Luddite in my DNA!!

Mike, many thanks for the windows technique - I'll give it a go with the second Small Factory kit, which I'm about to start. Still not sure about the final layout of the two small factories, but I've done enough thinking now, time to get on with it.... I  usually decide what I'm doing just after the Roket glue has set solid... but I'll get there in the end... just don't know what the end is yet.

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Metric stuff - what metric stuff. When they start producing jars of jam in meaningful metric sizes instead of 1lb (454gm) and stop selling wood/timber in other than 6ft or 8ft lengths (1.8m / 2.1m) then I'll believe we've finally gone metric! Even milk tends to come in bottles of 4 pints (2.2 ltrs), depending on the shop of course. I hate to think of the day the pound will have 100 pennies to it!

Like you, I have an age-old background with '1's and '0's. Perhaps that's why I like dabbling in the electronics for the railway.

Anyway, Keith, time to pack the laptop away for now and think about some 'Z's instead.

Cheers
Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Dave

Couldn't agree more about the timber sizes - I still work with 2x1, 2x2 etc. - and those fence panels we've just been fitting - all six foot wide and 3, 4 and 5 foot high! ... and don't forget about the roads... distance measured in... miles... speeds.... in miles per hour. One thing though they seem to be changing screw sizes... I csn't buy my 1"x 8 now... have to refer to a conversion chart.

We've got a different view on computing background though... it's because of my past life I prefer to have nothing more to do with computers... horse for courses... makes the world go around..

Cheers

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, I've done enough faffing about with this second Small Factory - far too much thinking, and not enough doing - so, still not sure what I'm doing (nothing new there then), but I'm certain that with the three storey section definitely low relief, there'll be no room for the ladder down to the platform, so the door at floor level in the loading bay building will need to be moved up to platform level. Something to do!

Cut out the doorway from the side with sufficient bricks above the door to put below the door - actually, platform wall height plus the platform thickness...



...and the same for the grey backing card 



With the grey card you can reglue it quite easily with Roket, extend the strengthening flap (the bit below the fold line) to cover the door opening, and then glue to the side, Once set you can rebuild the brick wall, using the grey card as a template.



Next job will be to fit the windows using Mike's method, and the doors.

Something else definite, the loading bay will need to be cut back to 2" deep. Probably I'll make the platform (has to have a curved edge) from some platform kit leftovers... and then decide on the three storey section... and whether to include a bridging section between the two loading bay buildings - there'll be the offcuts from the roof/window sections to make an additional roof section. I'll probably lose the second floor door from the low relief three story.

See, I definitely think better once I've started doing something. There is also the thought of getting it finished and running the timetable, it's about time. More to follow..... soon... whatever that means.

Well done Wales 2-1!!!

Keith

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Still watching.  :cool:

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Super stuff Keith, the whole lot is evolving very well.

Cheers

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Glad you're still watching Max, hope you think it's worth it... and thanks for the positive comments Marty. Well, time for an update on progress... things as ever are still going slowly, and still far too much of this thinking going on...

Having made the front and back walls of the second building I realised that as it would be low relief, running out of space here, I didn't need to make up the back wall... but it may well come in handy... see later. So in low relief, the building was completed with the customary ceral packet...



... Shreddies, I think. Other than that no change from the first one.. apart from the raised door.




As I was putting this on a curve... (why put buildings on straight sections of track, when you can make life far more complicated by choosing a curved section??.... I frequently ask myself)....  I need a linking section to connect the two together....enter that rear wall...




You can see another one of my 'plans' here, the result of all that thinking.... but what to do with the other three storey section has yet to be finalised. Note I've cut down the roof of the linking section from the northlight style, just to make it different. First go at fitting the section..





Fitting this section turned out to be a bit problematic, apart form the aforementioned curve, the combined building straddles a baseboard join... the join which signals the start of the long drop down to the fiddle yard (8.25" drop over a total run of about 40')... at the start hardly noticeable... until you stick a building across it. Anyway after much more thinking and making adjustments it was done - lots of strenghthening added as this bridging section has to be as strong, if not stronger, than the buildings it is attached to.. especially for handling purposes...





All that remains now is to cut out the platform and fit it. I've used offcuts from a Metcalfe platform kit... I decided to leave the original flagged section... (could have replaced it so that it all looked the same... may add that to a 'to do' list... for future reference) but the thinking was once it is covered in parcels, drums, things etc. it won't be that noticeable...




All that was left to do was fit it, add the canopy, whiten the platform edge and it was done...





It doesn't look too bad now - better once it gets the weathering treatment - but, oh eck... all that unballasted track.... also haven't fitted the external staircase to the three storey section yet, but I've checked the platform for clearance around the curve and it passed with flying colours (that's a first). So, still the other three storey section to do - low relief again, just a matter of which bit I use... more thinking....

Haven't forgotten about lighting - holes already there for the gow bulbs, I'll do that once the other section is sorted.

And that's where I am now.... my back went big time last night (a 'souvenir' from our time on Mull, every now and then it just stops working for a while)... so time to browse some timetables.... and make some more 'to do' lists..... hey ho..

Keep watching this space.... soon... ish.

Keith

Sol
A modelling Moderator.


Joined: Mon Nov 28th, 2011
Location: Evanston Gardens, South Aust, Australia
Posts: 4202
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I like unusual shaped buildings - I have a few on my rail empire. The modifications you are doing to Metcalfe are good Keith.

Ed
Full Member


Joined: Tue Jan 29th, 2013
Location: West Anglia Main Line, United Kingdom
Posts: 3914
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Looks great Keith :thumbs

There appear to be a few people adapting various Metcalfe kits at the moment and it does makes quite a difference.



Ed

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Excellent work Keith.

Nice to see the excellent modifications/additions to your kits - be they from Metcalfe or who/where-ever. Comparing the latest photo to that of 7 June it shows it makes a world of difference as opposed to (almost) everyone else making the same kit to the same (original) design. And putting it on a bend - brilliant!

Keep up the good work.

Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Mmmm.... long time, no post..... I'm afraid that back problem took weeks rather than the usual days to sort out, and needed the help of the GP and osteopath.... it's an age thing....

... and that's not all, before the back, our computer has started producing the odd error message... which turned into the dreaded BSODs... and after a week of on-line help sessions a total nervous breakdown was diagnosed. That was four weeks ago, since then we've been using our old clockwork computer (the one with the weak spring)... which does most things, just takes all day to do it... so access to the web has been severely limited. Collected the computer yesterday, complete with new motherboard... and Windows 10.... only just getting used to 8... now we can't find anything.... progress!!!!!

I did pen a full post last night on the old machine... just at the finish managed to hit a wrong key and the whole lot disappeared - (can anyone tell me what I did... and more important how not to do it again??).... now I remember why we got out of computing all those years ago! So, here I am on Windows 10, finally got Firefox on - even that seemed more complicated than last time... so I'll be doing this in stages.

Belated thanks Ron, Ed and Dave for the comments on my efforts with Metcalfe.... at least I'm doing something right!

While the back recovered I did a lot of thinking about the remaining three storey section of the factory, and one day managed to get into the loft to see how it might look - this is the back of the three storey section, so now the loading bay doors will be on the left.



 so that was the plan - it was a while before I'd be back in the loft...

Thought for the day at the time.... People with bad backs should think twice about a loft layout

So, before I erase this bit, I'll give up for a minute, or two, or more... this machine needs a restart, whether it ever works again, I'll soon find out.

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Ah, good to have you back on track, so to speak. (Pun definitely intended!)

There's nothing like a bust computer to get the hairs on your back raised (not to mention the blood pressure). Good to hear all is back and (kinda) working again. I've had Windows 10 on this machine for a while now and, in some quirky kinda way, I like it - now that I've got used to it that is! But I've also got the option of running a copy of XP in a virtual window (with VMWare) - best of both worlds in my mind. Bring back XP I say; but then again, I was an old DOS die-hard until I very reluctantly staggered kicking and screaming into Windows.

Just mind that delete key - did you check the Recycle Bin for your lost file, if it had been previously saved that is.

Anyway Keith, I agree that a loft is not always the best option for a layout - either too hot or too darned cold or hugely expensive to thermally insulate it. I've been giving some consideration to my own layout and whether going loft-bound or into the garage could be a viable option - "no" on both counts - both are full of junk (useless junk but if it gets thrown, I'll need something from it the next day). And maybe in a few years from now, I'd need a stair lift to get me up into the loft! So in the meantime I'm sitting at the dreaded computer trying to plan out a new layout (using AnyRail) in the limited space the third bedroom allows me. More of this on my own page when I get a little further with it all. I'm certainly not rushing into anything firm.

At least you've had a little time resting while recouperating and have been able to do some thinking about where you want things to go next. I await the next installment with eager anticipation. Keep up the good work.

Cheers
Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Dave

Ah DOS! - now you're talking proper software, hammers and spanners - none of this fancy stuff. Agree about XP - why didn't they just leave well alone....? The file I lost was when I was posting on the forum - so I don't know if that would get to the Recycle bin - it was on the clockwork machine, I'll check tomorrow - if I fire it up now, it'll be after midnight before I can do anything - and there's hedgehogs to feed now....

The small factory build will appear tomorrow, AVG wanted to do a full scan, and Malwarebytes is a bit confused with the changeover to 10, their on-line help man has gone a bit quiet since his last e-mail earlier this evening - probably knocked off now, I think he was just finishing the nightshift - it will wait 'til tomorrow now.

One thing though on Metcalfe kits - that warehouse kit, I was just thinking - there ain't no doors at ground level... only the bridge. The kit box shows two kits making an "impressive mill complex".... fine, but how did you get in??? There are no ground level doors in the small factory three storey section either, just the one on the first floor with steps down to the platform. Not a problem for me with the low relief set-up - the doors are around the back! But surely there must be a ground floor entrance somehwere? - can't use the loading bay doors really, as they are well more than a step up from ground level. Or am I missing something? (not unusual)

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Another day and our computer froze .... obviously needs running in.... anyway while all seems to be well again, on with the small factory and the low relief section... two weeks later, I cut out the three sides, using the back and side walls (reduced to two windows) 





Given that this left me with three separate pieces I decided to fix the floors, suitably reduced, to the back (which was now the front, bear with me, all windows and inside walls were fitted first) in order to keep the whole thing square.





... I've also cut a plain back - which will need to be reduced to allow for fitting against the purlin later. Please norte how I tidy my workspace by pushing things to the back....

The original has the three walls as one piece with a fold for the corners, so when assembling the three walls the floors also helped to space out the corners to match the original - not a straight edge to front if you see what I mean.




... anyone who has built this kit will be saying ... he's forgot to fit the doors... quite right, rectified later, admittedly a much fiddlier job.

Then it was just a case of fitting the back, holes already in for lighting (to be done at some as yet unspecfied date in the future - I need to run some trains), and then the roof sections. The roof and the side walls needed to be cut back so that the building fitted tight up agaist the loft roof and the purlin.





... the cornerstones have beeen removed as this side the three storey building finishes at the platform building. That was the intention, but in the end I had to replace a very thin section of the corner stones as the alignment was not quite there - and that was easier than faffing about with the roof again. Then just a case of sticking all sections together, adding the ladder to finish off.





... not quite finished just the usual weathering :




... not quite as grimy as the warehouse, further away from the main action! Finally a view of the whole thing



I'm going to put an entrance between the two sections.. make an attempt at trying to get some perspective with the backgound, still to be fitted. I've noticed lots of you doing a superb job off linking layouts to the background... not sure I know what I'm doing, but I'll give it a go and report back soon-ish. I'll post this now, before something happens...

Keith



Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Dave

Just a thought on the loft layout - yes, I had to shift an awful lot of stuff before I could start... and quite a bit of it has returned under the layout. Being the loft there is often a water tank to contend with - ours lies underneath the north end of Hooton station, and it was a bit of a job to organise access to it as and when needed. But It worked - had to get the plumber in to replace a leaking ball valve, and he managed. I don't do plumbing - it always leaks. I used Thermawrap for insulation - sort of metalised bubblewrap, not too expensive and works remarkably well - only when we get the really high temperatures (like a couple of weeks back) do I need all three fans, the Velux helps, and in the winter a couple of electric heaters, never set higher than 2 (out of 5) keep it pleasant enough. It's just the problem of getting up there!!! I'll have to get on to those folk who keep sending us leaflets on stair lifts.. see if they do one for a loft ladder!!!

We've been told today we have a few days to decide if we want to go back to Windows 8, I'd prefer XP, but having got 10 now..and its working, except when it freezes, may decide to stick with it. Good luck with the new layout, look forward to seeing some expert track plans... just like I didn't produce!

Keith

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

That looks jolly excellent, Keith.  :thumbs

Silver Fox
Deceased Member


Joined: Sun Mar 23rd, 2014
Location: Ingleby Barwick, Stockton-on-tees, United Kingdom
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

that looks good Keith,fits really well,as for access to the loft you can get single platform lifts now,I wish I had my loft was much better than the shed
:thumbs;-):cool:
Owen

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, it's about time I updated things... some progress has been made, but time is in short supply just now - running this exclusive five star nursing home for our two 17 year old cats is getting to be a full time job (not that we would dare to complain), add to that nursing our computer through it's Windows 10 growing pains has also taken up more time than we had planned... plus a couple of unscheduled difficuties in the loft ... and you can see the problem.

That said, something to report - but first .. Max, I don't see anything that I've done warrants the "excellent" classification, but thanks anyway. I tend to use just two levels... "that'll do", which means whatever I've done stays on the layout, and "na, start again", which means it doesn't, and Owen, I quite fancy the idea of a lift, trouble with that is it would have to be sited in the middle of the bed below... and I fancy SWMBLT may not be best pleased, so my search for a stair lift for loft ladders continues! Lofts may be a bit awkward for access, but like you say, they do normally provide a much bigger space than any rooms in the house and anything but a really big shed, and you don't need to go outside to access it.

So, what have I achieved?... very little... but that gap between the factories just had to be filled, so I did try this perspective lark, linking to the background, with an entrance between the buildings. I raided the offcuts of the goods shed build to give me two wall sections and odd plasticard for the door frame:

 

The sloping side on the right will be hidden, so not worth cutting it straight. As this is right against the back of the loft, only one thickness of bricks required - if it was more visible I'd use two pieces back to back with the frame between... and if it was really visible I'd flatten the edges of the bricks either side of the frame.. and if I was in a really good mood, score on the brick pattern to match.

Now add the stone capping, from Plasticard, and cut out the doors, from Wills wood planking. The notches in the capping is for the posts which support the sign ( again the sign faces outwards, so nothing to do there).



Then just add the sign, paint the bits which need painting :




My idea is to create the look that this entrance is someway back from the front walls of the factories on either side... this perspective lark which I'm trying to create, so I'll be mounting these doors at the first floor level of the buildings, and I've painted the bottom of the purlin, which is immediately behind the small factory back wall, matt black to match the baseboard. So now it is just a case of weathering the entrance, usual black emulsion I always use, adding some background - this is from a Peco background sheet, chosen to given the idea of a road outside with another factory, set at an angle beyond it.



The extra plasticard on the right is just a spacer, in the end I had to dispense with that - too tight a fit against the purlin - and trim back the capping behind the factory wall instead. Then it was just a case of attaching it to the back wall of the small factory group and see what it looked like :



It is hard to get a decent photo of this, extra light highlights the sloping side of the purlin, which then gives the game away - that the doors aren't at ground level. Nothing special this, I did warn you, and it does look better in the flesh rather than the photo (that's a first), but for me, as a first attempt to get some perspective .... that'll do.

A long distance view of the whole thing shows how insignificant it is, but believe me it really does look like there is some distance between the front of the factory and those doors.



It will look better once the background is fitted behind the small factory.... but that will have to wait  - it is high time the people of Birkenhead had their train service back... and I need to run some trains!!..and I do wish someone would get that track ballasted!!!

So, out with the Dapoll track cleaner to do a bit of vacuuming... and we'll be off....or will we?? One of those difficulties was about to take centre stage.... more soon.... now it's Fflyff's eye drops time...

Keith


Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Fabulous! The track level shot of the warehousing is looking spot on.

:thumbs

enjoy running trains.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, five months since my last post, many thanks for the positive comments Marty – Looking at what you have produced on Newcastle Emlyn, a standard I could never hope to match, that is much appreciated. 
So, what’s been going on ?.... well first I did mention in the last post  some “difficulties” that could hold up proceedings…. there were in fact three…. The one which caused the biggest delay was when I was reaching across Hooton Station to get the camera, didn’t notice the wrist strap hanging down, and promptly hooked up the bracket starter, reshaping all the control wires, and generally wrecking the whole thing. The rebuild took a while, and as is always the case, the rebuilt version wasn’t half as good as the original. So a complete new starter is on one of my to-do lists. Then,  the second “difficulty”… having Dapolled the whole of Birkenhead – station, shed and goods yard/shed, it was time to do the main line and Hooton…. First a quick recap on the way I’ve set up the layout…. Four controllers on my Morley Vortrak – one for the up line, one for the down, then at each ‘end’ of the layout all tracks can be controlled by a separate controller. So I’d Dapolled the Birkenhead end using the Birkenhead controller, now it was time to switch to the up line controller to head off on the up line…. But having done that nothing moved… I had the mother of all shorts, and having checked all the usual suspects couldn’t get anything to work. In the end I started disconnecting the various control panels, until I had got it down to the shed panel. If you check the early photos of the control panels you’ll see that the shed is divided into two sections, just because I can then be turning a loco on the turntable at the same time as getting another coaled up. I know with all this computer lark that is dead easy… but I’m a simple soul who understands what switches do, and I want to control the trains, not some computer thingy I’ve programmed. Must admit doing all that checking did help me to understand exactly how I’d wired it all in the first place (no plans of course)… and I noticed that my much vaunted standard colour scheme for the wiring was only standard to a panel… with subtle differences between the panels… but for me, that’s pretty good. After much head scratching I finally realised what was going on… here is the culprit :


 
I had parked the J94 on the approach to the turntable, while I was organising the shed for the start of a new day, isolating it with the power switch, then I’d changed the point to access No. 3 road. At some point that power switch had been reset to the up line… so when I moved the Dapol train, the J94 also moved… about an inch until the front wheels covered the isolating brake… and bingo, point not set – short! It took me a couple of days to find that, so I’ll be adding that switch to my list of short checks now. Finally, the third “difficulty”… with the up line cleaned , including Hooton station, next was the down line… crossover at Hooton to begin the down line…. And nothing, from the Dapol cleaner… not a murmur… the engine was happily pushing the cleaner around, but nothing was happening. I set to dismantling the Dapol, I enjoy dismantling things – to see how they work – a bit of an expert at that…. It’s the putting-it-back- together-again where I come unstuck. Sure enough the motor had died, so in order to minimise the delay I ordered a new one from Hattons. Couldn’t quite figure out which way the small circuit board for the switch fitted, but I thought, I’ll just check it on the new one – with a new motor ordered from DCC I’d have spare cover. Wrong! The new model only has a push on/push off switch, not like the original selector switch… so if anyone out there has dismantled a Dapol track cleaner and knows which way the circuit board fits, please let me know!
 
So now I was already to start running trains again….but… always a but…. a major difficulty. First a simple statement of fact – we are totally daft about our two 17, going on 18, year old cats. Allow me to introduce Fflo :


 
At the same time that I was having my difficulties Fflo was having her own problems, loss of appetite, general malaise, and frequent trips to the vet. At the time of my last post she was in trouble getting to her tray in time, which was proving particularly messy, and then she started producing the red stuff every time she made it, or didn’t make it to the tray. By now work on the railway had stopped and we were running an ICU for cats, more tests, drugs and jabs followed, eventually she was diagnosed diabetic, probably from the steroid regime she was on, so we were then giving her two Insulin jabs each day and slowly weaning her off the steroids. After about eight weeks we seemed to be winning, no longer diabetic (clever cats, they can get over it) and all was looking well. Then she had a stroke, couldn’t walk… but again with lots of TLC from us and more drugs she has recovered… a shadow of her former self, a good thing – she was a bit of a tub, and for now at least almost back to normal. For how long is very much a piece of string question, but we’ll do whatever we can…’cos we’re daft.

So, after best part of six months, I’ve had the Dapol out again, the fourth time I’ve prepared to start the new day! and yes, the trains are running again…. First train of the day from Woodside, the 4.55 early morning parcels (WR) behind the Metrovik, which spent the night at Woodside station, having worked the down train from Chester last night. Normally worked by a Hall or 2800 (the only GWR engines I have), but it’s an excuse to run the Metrovik. It’s possible one of these oddities could have ended up in Woodside, as Trafford Park was lumbered with quite a few Metroviks (nobody wanted them), and anyway I have a vivid imagination. All the goods/parcels services are down to my imagination – and what I can fit on the layout while maintaining the full passenger service.



and out of focus... en route


 
…and the first train heading for Woodside, the Local Parcels, due in Hooton at 5.42 – again I don’t think these DPUs ever got to Woodside, they were in Manchester so perhaps this was a trail run, my imagination again.


 
 
First passenger train of the day, behind the Ivatt tank, stands in the carriage sidings, departs at 5.00 to form the 5.12 Rock Ferry to Helsby.


 
 
So, back in business… for now…. More pics to follow as things progress, the 2P is about to make an appearance on the first train to Chester.

I should really be getting on with the ballasting, which is now long overdue, and some signals for Woodside station, the list is endless, but for now it is running trains time!

Keith, with apologies from Fflo

ZeldaTheSwordsman
Madman


Joined: Fri Jan 15th, 2016
Location: Pomona, California USA
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Glad to hear your cat is doing better, hopefully she stays that way.
That's a nice fleet of locos you've got, and a beautiful station

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Your doing a good job with Fflo, our 19 year old cat "Mouse" is still happily sleeping and eating her life away, at a considerably slower pace of course. She has outlasted her brother by 12 months, which was surprising as she is the runt of the litter. 
It's always a good feeling to resolve the little niggles that crop up now and then on our layouts, glad you are having some successes. 

Can't help you with the Dapol cleaner car I'm afraid. I've got the N scale Tomy equivalent but haven't yet needed to take it apart as it still functions as advertised. I do have to tweak the wheel contacts occasionally to ensure a reliable current pickup.

Cheers

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S'mae Brendan

Apologies for the slow reply, you’ll get used that, and yes,  a recovering Fflo is definitely good to see. There are plenty more photos of the Station in the Gallery. It is only a representation of the real Woodside of the 60s – double arch roof, five platforms (albeit one of mine outside the main roof), with a road bridge over just beyond the platforms and flanked on one side by a stone wall, topped with brick. I’m a bit short on platform length so I have to trim the odd coach or two from some trains, but as ever, it’ll do. Currently there  are 52ish locos on the layout, most are classes seen regularly at Birkenhead, but that imagination of mine does allow for the occasional stranger, although I can usually come up with a half decent excuse, for such  an appearance. Admittedly, a football special for the visit of Doncaster Rovers to Tranmere Rovers is really stretching things a bit thin for an A4!! New arrivals in terms of motive power hopefully due soon, the Stanier Crab, 42969, spent 14 years after Nationalisation at 6C – and the Hattons 0-4-2T – for when I turn the clock back to 1957/8, 6C had two 0-4-2T for working the West Kirby – Hooton branch – will go very nicely with the auto coach I bought a while back

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S'mae Marty

Usual apologies again for the slow reply, yes, a lot of TLC over the last eight months, but to see Fflo as she is now makes it all worthwhile – Fflo too is one of a pair, with Fflyff, again same litter. Only with us it’s Fflyff who was the runt of the litter – and apart from her eye problems early last year seems to be bullet proof, and she will probably go on for ever.  I’ll wait a while before tackling the Dapol problem, just in case there is someone out there who has already done it – otherwise I’ll give Dapol a bell, they should be able to put me straight. It's on my to-do list.....

Cofion

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

So, why yet another delay? Thankfully nothing to do with Fflo, she’s having a reasonable spell right now, no, it’s ’cos after being in the backwaters of Broadband for years little ol' Pennant has now leapt into the new world of superfast fibre, thanks to FTP (fibre to premises) – so we have ditched the bin lid on the wall which gave us a slightly iffy up to 10Mb/250K data limited service and replaced it with a magnificent 52Mbs/9.5Mbs fibre, unlimited – 52.3Mbs on test! The Broadband changeover was almost seamless – we’re now in the letting-everybody-know our new e-mail address phase – which is taking forever. The problems started with the conversion of our phone to fibre… problems which have yet to be solved completely and are taking up most of our time. Still, can’t complain too much…. 52Mbs, still can’t quite believe it, could have had 330Mbs – but that would have just been showing off… and a tad expensive. Apparently as our exchange is seriously antwacky it could take up to a fortnight to get the phone transferred – something about bugs in the software which cause 90% of transfers to fail first time… which makes our neighbour, who had no problems, the 10%

As already mentioned, the Stanier Crab will have to be acquired, even though it is a bit pricey - as are most significant locos these days – but thankfully I’ve a birthday due very soon, so problem solved. The Hattons 0-4-2T, the lined green version that I want, will also be arriving soon, so that’ll have to be the early Christmas present again…. not sure which year I’m working on now for that excuse, probably 2021!

The early morning parcels has made it to Hooton amid all this fibre stuff, and is about to enter platform 3 to collect an urgent parcel which missed the evening parcels last night… my imagination in full flow now…. I’ve only included this photo as at least this part of the layout looks a bit more finished (it isn’t really) than the rest of it (which is anything but).


 
 
 … and as soon as the parcels is away, 5.21, the first passenger train of the day, the 5.12 from Rock Ferry, arrives in Platform 2, on time at 5.24…. 
 




Note the slightly battered bracket signal, mentioned in the last post, working after a fashion, so it’ll do for now.
 
Most things are on time at this time of the day…. when things get busy I have to stop the clock every now and then, to allow time for me to catch up, definitely not a one man operation!

Only another hour or so for the first sighting of the 2P at Hooton, so that may warrant another photo, then I’ll stop these constant photos of a half-finished layout and get on with running trains, or perhaps I should start some of the jobs, well perhaps just one, on one of my many to-do lists, that’s always assuming I can find at least one of the lists…. highly unlikely….. then there’s always the recently received signs from Sankey Scenics,  I could do something with them before they get filed in another of my ‘safe places’….

...meanwhile back to the new e-mail address notification, you'd think these days you could just run a program, with the old and new addresses as data... and it would all happen - just like that....

More soon...

Keith
 
 

ZeldaTheSwordsman
Madman


Joined: Fri Jan 15th, 2016
Location: Pomona, California USA
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Glad that even with the phones a mess you can still get the trains to run on time

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Brendan

Yes, when there’s not a lot happening I can cope quite well…. Once it gets to approaching 8am…. then the fat controller goes in to full panic mode. Must say I like your description of your workbench – set me thinking for a suitable strap line for my workbench…. After much thought the only appropriate thing I could come up with to describe the organised chaos in which I work, well illustrated in photos in this thread :     My Workbench…. Isn’t!

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Well, three weeks on and the phone was finally sorted last week, but then trying to send a text left us with a weird dial tone and all the features of our phone disabled. A known fault we were told, although the simple question “can we text on a fibre phone?” remains unanswered, as no one at BT appears to know. An engineer needed at the exchange to sort the odd dial tone… nothing happened…. now an engineer needed at the house. I just sit in a corner and count to ten, very slowly….. I’m becoming quite expert at that. Monday brought a helpful engineer, and we are sorted… but the question about texting on a fibre phone has yet to get a definitive answer. Anyone out there with a fibre phone who knows the answer?

Some progress with the timetable, and look what has appeared on 6C :


 
… that is a seriously good model. A lot more extra bits than usual to be added, but that is a job for later – I’m only going to fit the extra bits to all the locos after I’ve finished the ballasting, or put it another way, not for a while yet. Must admit though, in my humble opinion, the prices are now getting a bit silly… and I’m thankful that I’ve only got the 0-4-2T to buy… and then I’ve got all I need to run any period from the mid fifties up to closure of Woodside in 1967. The Stanier Crab will replace one of the Hughes Crabs – 2765, which is a poor runner. I see that is now available again, at near enough double what I paid for it. OK the Stanier Crab is a new model, all the development costs to recoup, but the Hughes Crab has been around for a while – they’re not even changing the number, so the new price seems a bit steep. The only locos that may tempt me now are the Standard 2 tank and the Stanier 3 tank if they ever get made, for now I’m making do with the Ivatt. Anyway 2969 will probably head a London train down to Chester later today, or possibly just take out a freight or the afternoon parcels. Meanwhile lurking at the back of 6C for a couple of days (layout time, more like three years plus in real time!)….


 
I bought the Patriot when it was first released, mainly on the grounds that I did see one on 6C once, good enough for me, it was the unnamed 5508 (if my memory still works), which for some strange reason had been fitted with a stovepipe chimney – made an elegant locomotive look quite ridiculous. My excuse for this appearance – fresh out of Crewe Works after major overhaul (which gives the excuse for the OLW stickers), developed a hot box while on a test run…. Now fettled by the 6C folk will head back on a coal empties (as far as Chester, then back to Crewe). Like I’ve said before, this imagination of mine can often come up with something quite plausible…ish.

And of course the 2P has now appeared in Woodside ready to take out the first Chester train of the day at 5.55 –


 
only calls at main stations – I reckon this was the workers’ train, so old stock – admittedly these old ex GWR Centenary coaches never reached Woodside – but back in 2008, when I was still in recovery mode, and armed with the insurance payout for the HA, I started to buy stock for the forthcoming layout – and at the time these, together with the old Hornby Mk1s (which hadn’t changed much since the 70s), were the only maroon coaches available, so modellers’ licence applies again. Just the first three coaches, the three behind (proper Mk1s) will be for the next Chester train. Must get rid of that big front coupling, it ruins the 2P… and as for an excuse for appearing at Woodside in the first place… well Llanduno Junction had three… and one could have made it to Woodside on the morning through coaches from Llandudno…. stretching things a bit, I admit, but just about plausible…ish….

With trains now running I’ve naturally started thinking about completing the backdrop on the far wall – the bit between the factories and the goods yard…  that will also hide the floor support which shows above baseboard level. It’s a major problem I have – as soon as I start running trains I immediately think of new jobs to stop me running trains (apart from getting the track ballasting finished, I have to be in the mood for that job, and the multitude of jobs I already have on my many to-do lists, if I ever find them)….. so I’m in Metcalfe mode again… probably use the low relief terraced houses to link in with the existing background behind the sidings… watch this space….

eventually….

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith. Sorry I wish I could help you, I just dropped myself right in it, I purchased a new phone and it ain't anything like the " Thirty quid phone out of Asda" There was me thinking that DCC was complicated.Never mind a plan go with your gut feeling and when your happy with it. It will be grand.
And from where I am sitting it looks fine.   All the best. Kevin

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Looking good, Keith.

If my new layout looks half as good as yours I'll be very happy indeed.

One question that arises from your 'shed' photo above..... how have you motorized the turntable?

I'm adding one onto my layout and am a little perplexed as how best to proceed with it. Whether to go for the small, cheepo, far eastern motor from ebay driven by a PICAXE circuit and a sensor, or spend quite a chunk more money and go for the Locomotech motor with its indexation disk, or W.H.U.

Your ideas would be greatly appreciated on this one. The hole in my baseboard is cut, the T/T is bought (waiting to be built), clearance underneath at the moment is limited without a slight realignment of the track plan and the possibility of having a hole to be cut in the lower board - all I need is the ideas and experience of others such as yourself who's been there, done that, and then a final decision can be made as how I feel would possibly be the best way forward for me. It will be well out of reach for manual operation, so a motor is essential.

In the meantime, keep up the good work.

Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin

Fflo has had a couple of iffy days, so I’ve been “busy”, thankfully she’s improved again. Many thanks for the positive comments, yes, never really got the hang of planning…. Lot of work – and all you end up with is a diagram or two and some words – far better to just get on with it! Still not got a definitive answer from BT on the fibre/texting query….  at least they rang me to let me know they’re working on it…. tried to send me a text... never arrived...

I hope you have more luck with your phone.  Techology is wonderful when it works...

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.  Thank you. I got my cousins grandson on the case, good with technology he is. All the best. Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave

I’m certain your new layout will look better than Woodside, I always think Woodside is a pretty basic affair, a bit light on the scenic side. These photos always make things look better than they are, particularly if I keep taking the bits which are about halfway finished…  I think that’s why I keep posting them!

As to the turntable, I’ve just checked out your thread – I can’t be of much help I fear, as you can see it’s the standard Peco offering, motorised with a kit from FMR in Bradford.  It is just a simple (low cost) motor and gearbox, as you know, which is powered from the controller via one of my many simple switches (I’m an expert on simple), so if you turn the controller clockwise, the table turns clockwise… and amazingly for me, turn it anticlockwise, the table turns anticlockwise – the Vortrak has centre off controllers. It can operate at really slow speeds, which I like, OK it isn’t the quietest thing on the layout, I just oil the worm and main cog, but it does the job. It needs about 45mm clearance, if you trim the “axle”, or 75mm if you don’t, no idea about connecting it to DCC of course.
As you well know I’m not into all this DCC stuff, so can’t really add anything else. I did think about one of these indexing systems, I quite fancy being able to leave the table turning, knowing it will stop in the right place, while I get on with something else,  but cost is always hard to justify, given there are lots of other things I’d like to have and I can manage with what I’ve got (the old “that’ll do” principle again) – but there are times when I “miss” a few times and I start to think about it again. I don’t have your expertise to be able produce an indexing disc etc. as mentioned on your thread, so I’ve only looked at off -the -shelf indexing systems which are expensive. I’ll be interested to see what you come up with, especially if it can be used by the likes of me.... and the cost is within budget.

And the timetable has moved on a bit, with the early freights taking centre stage, so bear with me, just a couple of photos



the morning fish from the East Coast behind an Eastern O4 (my imagination again - but Eastern O4s did appear on Bidston, 6F) trundles through Hooton. And then



The first oil shuttle from Ellesmere Port behind a 4F en route to the fuel depot (not yet built - on a to-do list). Meanwhile the local parcels has shunted over to platform 3 to load/unload before heading north after the first Chester-Birkenhead train leaves Hooton.

I'll just put more photos in the gallery... honest.

Oh yes, new task of the day - build the main signal box at marshalling yard junction - from two Metcalf kits - I've already got them, so I may just start a job - for a change...

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Keith for your comments on the turntable. I've seen that motor in various articles. Good to get your take on it.

I also like the KISS approach - far less to go wrong. I find that if anything wants to go wrong, it will, no matter what is done to try to prevent it.

Forget the scenery stuff - you've got a darn'd good layout there and the work you're putting in must be repaying you in dividends and self satisfaction of a job well done. The scenery can come later - it's non functional; pretty, but doesn't aid the railway running aspects.

Looking forward to your next installment.

Dave

Ed
Full Member


Joined: Tue Jan 29th, 2013
Location: West Anglia Main Line, United Kingdom
Posts: 3914
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Dave C wrote:
I also like the KISS approach - far less to go wrong. I find that if anything wants to go wrong, it will, no matter what is done to try to prevent it.

Forget the scenery stuff - you've got a darn'd good layout there and the work you're putting in must be repaying you in dividends and self satisfaction of a job well done. The scenery can come later - it's non functional; pretty, but doesn't aid the railway running aspects.

Looking forward to your next installment.

Dave

Totally agree with Dave's comments and congratulations on picture of the week Keith :thumbs


Ed

Noviceman
Full Member


Joined: Thu Jan 30th, 2014
Location:  Merthyr Tydfil, Mid Glamorgan, United Kingdom
Posts: 149
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith well done, congratulations photo of the week, your scenic modelling great 100%
Best of Luck from South Wales

Noviceman

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave and Ed

Been a bit tied up with BT and this fibre phone lark this week, there are clearly incompatibilites between the two systems… and we seem to be finding all of them… it’s a bit like the old days, being a beta test sight again! Fibre to fibre, no problem… introduce copper into the mix and the wheels start coming off. Add to that Fflo having an iffy week, it follows everything railway related has had to take a back seat.

Thanks again for the favourable comments, I guess I’m used to looking at Woodside, and I know all the things that have yet to be done, so I can’t see it in the same league as other layouts on the forum. Yes Dave, I’ve noticed before that we sing from the same hymn sheet, simple is always best, and yes, if it’s going to wrong, just live with it..... easier said than done sometimes!

My main interest of course is operating the railway to the BR timetable of the day so on the layout I’ve concentrated on the actual railway thus far… still lots of signalling to do, although I’m a bit stuck with getting working disc signals, may be a step too far, or too small – I’m going to have a play with the Ratio discs at some point, that’s on one of my to-do lists. It is interesting to see how the engine shed slowly empties up to lunch time, and then starts to get more freight locos in, and the first of the local passenger locos that have finished their roster for the day. Likewise Woodside Station is jammed full of coaches first thing, and most of the coach sidings too… and as the day progresses they mostly disappear only to start reappearing after the evening rush, I sometimes wonder where do they all go…. Freight is similar, but on a much reduced scale, and nothing like the real thing – I can’t fit it all in. Like you say the scenery will come….. eventually, as will all this ballasting I keep mentioning and then promptly forgetting. Early morning just now and I can cope… by the time it gets to the morning rush, with five or six trains waiting in the loops under Birkenhead, that’s when the fat controller has to go for a lie down. At least this is the second run through and I know the layout can cope, which is still something of a surprise to me, given the lack of planning that went into the track layout. Incidentally I’m still after this clock (for railway time) that I can run at half/quarter/just about moving speed for the rush hour – any suggestions?
 
Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S'mae Dave

Many thanks... I think 100% is pushng it a bit!.... something to aim for perhaps...

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Well, I was surprised to see Woodside as Pic of the Week last year, for it to happen again, I’m amazed…. and once again one very chuffed Scouser, sincere thanks Alan – you can see something  that I’m missing – I was quite pleased that with my point and click camera I managed to get most of the loco in some sort of focus. Wish now I’d put the bike shed out between the two shed buildings and got a few bodies on view, and added the bits to the loco. Next time perhaps, I’ll put it on my to-do list….. and it really is a cracking model, well done Bachmann. May well replace the rostered Standard 4 on the first London train!

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.    BR Timetable ? You could always use a calendar, as there has always been room for error, and in these times of "Franchises" it is even getting worse that the BR days. They even give extra running time "timetabled in" so the trains would really have to run late before Penalty Payments need to be made. Having said that "Crack Expresses" were given a better chance to run on time. I don't think they could manage that today. What era are you modelling in Keith?    All the best. Kevin

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Re: Pickie of the week

As one Scouser to another Keith, well done again that man!

Cheers,

Bill

:cheers

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin

As I said, any period between the mid 50s and closure of Woodside in 1967 – for the early 50s I really need the odd Stanier 3, Standard 2 tanks possibly a Pannier or two.  Currently it’s 1961… and Winter – ’cos I’ve only got the Winter timetable… and the BR timetable was the only one that mattered in those days!

Anyone familiar with Woodside will know that prior to 1961 Rose Brae bridge spanned the station before the end of the platforms, so when I go back to 1958 (so I can run the yet to be purchased 1400 tank on the Hooton/ Birkenhead - West Kirkby service) in theory I should have a Rose Brae bridge. Perhaps that’s one for the to-do list, must remember Rose Brae mind, before I fix the position of the Woodside Signal box…. wouldn’t do to have road running through the signal box…

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Bill

Yes, we have to keep the Scouse flag flying….. By the way, how is the railway room progressing?  I’m getting worried, the season will be on soon, if it isn't already, and I’ve not seen anything on your thread of late. I assume at least you’re still amassing stuff for the layout… I’ve been doing that for years now, especially when loft time is severely limited (at the moment by Fflo, phones on fibre and SWMBLT who keeps going on about jobs I’ve promised to / could do….). When I have an idea for something on the layout I immediately make a list of what I’ll need and get it ordered. It then remains in the box on arrival, and is stored under the layout. Which is fine, but now there are lots of boxes…. so it takes forever to find anything…. it’s what I call a “system”…..Which sort of explains why the bike shed, bikes and bodies were not in the photo…. At least I’ve found the Metcalfe signal box kits – so I’ll probably start on them, before they get put back under the layout, and get hidden by the next box, whenever that may arrive.

... and tomorrrow my conact at BT is back from the Easter break, so that's tomorrow sorted...

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith. I have a passion for railway viaducts and bridges, and on model railways, they can distract the viewers eyes from any faults that were made. But as yet I haven't got a "man cave" or anywhere else to have a full size plan.Keep up the good work.   All the best. Kevin

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Bonjour Keith,

Ah, the railway room. Well, I've cleared everything out and sealed the chimney against rain and beasts, moved some stock and materials in and then done no more on it, since other projects took much higher priority with holiday accommodation and keeping the bride happy, but hopefully more this year.

I have however not been completely idle, as besides collecting stock, yet more tools and a lot of books, I've been putting a test bed plank together, which will become a module to the layout between the terminus and fiddle yard and I've also been building some kits.

The lovely bride however, gave me a major diversion a few months ago and the rebuild of a little pre-war sports model, is almost complete and will enjoy some retro street racing this summer. Besides that, a recent broken wrist has ceased most physical activity, but after a final operation next week, I need to get fully fit again to return to normal service as soon as possible.

Glad you've found the signal box kits and keep working your system to locate everything else you have tucked safely away!

Yep, our first clients arrive early next month, so no more time to loose!

Very best,

Bill

   

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin

Yes, I like to see a layout on more than one level, so you get the odd bridge or tunnel, adds interest. I’m quite lucky to have a decent loft.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Bill

Glad to hear about progress with the railway room, sounds like you’re getting it sorted. Must admit rallying was our bag back in the day – nothing to beat thrashing around the back roads and tracks of North Wales, the Peak District and the Lakes in the middle of the night… latterly in our Avenger Tiger – when the Mexico was the standard choice, remember them?

Hope all goes well next week with the op, sounds like you did a proper job on your wrist, as to getting back to normal, I reckon something gentle to begin with, like a couple of weeks in the railway room….

Just for a change, Fflyff, the other half of the demon duo has been in trouble, another dash to the vet, and a further delay in proceedings in the loft, she is on the mend now. Just prior to that I decided to start the signal box, so I tidied up my “workbench” (Brendan, please note)…..


 
..…yes, if I can see more than 30% of the cutting mat, then it’s tidy!

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, Fflyff has now recovered, but as is always the case Fflo caught the bug from her sister, and of course starting from a fairly low ebb, she is much worse, so the cat ICU has been back in business big time, with the signal box build being progressed on an as and when basis.

Right, this is fairly straightforward – two smaller signal boxes stuck together to make one large box. I decided not to simply stick the two together as it would look a bit odd when lit, a wall halfway down the cabin. So this is what I did.
Start by cutting the walls of the cabin from both kits:




..all that’s left now is to remove the gable end from the lower right section and the tiny front section, with the red arrow, from the upper right section. Add the windows and assemble – I’ve used off-cuts, mostly from the windows to join the sections together – make sure they are squared off OK.





The two floors of the new cabin will be a little short, by 2 x wall thickness, but you can cut a bridging piece from the print overrun of the floor sections. I’ve cut it short of the full width of the cabin for access for the lighting wires.



 
On the other hand, the roof sections together are too long, as you’re losing two overhangs, but that’s handy because of the gaps for the roof pinnacles at each end. Measure up the total length needed (204mm, I think), cut and join.  One drawback here, the printing does not exactly match at the join, but once it gets the weathering treatment, it shouldn’t be too noticeable. Support the join with offcuts. Different sizes because of the inner front window tab, I’ve not fixed the roof as yet, lighting to complete, and it will only be attached with Tacky Wax, so it can be removed if necessary.






 

Repeat with the base walls, the only difference here is continuing the rod/wire access between the two sections of the front wall, I’ve also covered the join on the outside with an additional section of brickwork, cut from the discards.


 

Assemble base, the only change now is the cabin floor/base top, as with the roof the two floors are too long, so I just placed the floors in position and marked the overlap, and cut to give me two sections like this




Then assemble the two sections as per the instructions, I have fixed the base floors slightly inside the walls, because of the extended rod/wire access – again these sections will be a little short, but I’ve left the gap for lighting wire access.




All that remains is to glue the two sections together, add the bog and steps and we have one big signal box.





There are a few more photos in the Gallery. As it stands now, the roof (still to get ridge tiles) and pinnacles are not attached, neither are the steps. I have still to put my standard lamp above the door, add my “Birkenhead no. 2” signs from SS, and give it the standard weathering treatment, but given what I set out to do, as ever with no idea how it would work out…… that’ll do.
 
Keith

ZeldaTheSwordsman
Madman


Joined: Fri Jan 15th, 2016
Location: Pomona, California USA
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

That is a nice long signal box, I need to do one of those at some point.

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Nice work, Keith.  :thumbs

Thinking outside the (signal), box.  :lol:

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Bonsoir Keith,

The op went well thanks, despite three loads of anaesthetic having little effect on tough Scouse stock! Fortunately, they rapidly pumped some crazy drug into me which sent me to a happy place and all the metalwork is out. After six weeks of frustration I can finally pull my trousers up  with both hands, slowly!

Sorry to hear your cats are poorly, we take our two girls for their annual jabs tomorrow and fully realise how precious furry family members are.

Congrats on finding sufficient cutting mat to produce such a splendid extended signal box. It's superb and I'm looking forward to seeing it insitu and weathered. Any thoughts on rodding? ;-)

Bill


Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Woodside wrote: S’mae Bill



Glad to hear about progress with the railway room, sounds like you’re getting it sorted. Must admit rallying was our bag back in the day – nothing to beat thrashing around the back roads and tracks of North Wales, the Peak District and the Lakes in the middle of the night… latterly in our Avenger Tiger – when the Mexico was the standard choice, remember them?



Hope all goes well next week with the op, sounds like you did a proper job on your wrist, as to getting back to normal, I reckon something gentle to begin with, like a couple of weeks in the railway room….



Just for a change, Fflyff, the other half of the demon duo has been in trouble, another dash to the vet, and a further delay in proceedings in the loft, she is on the mend now. Just prior to that I decided to start the signal box, so I tidied up my “workbench” (Brendan, please note)…..





 

..…yes, if I can see more than 30% of the cutting mat, then it’s tidy!



Keith


Oopps, of course I remember, but quite forgot to say how cool the tiggr colour scheme and boot spoiler looked on the Avenger Tiger!

Most of my fast driving was either on track or romping across Europe when you could reasonably speed along unmolested, so long as you kept it on the black stuff and didn't hit anyone or anything! Great fun and many crazy memories.  

So what finally happened with the Tiger?

Bill

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks everyone for the positive comments, forgot to mention the chimney pipe also still to be fitted, but that will happen once the roof is tackywaxed in position.

For the moment all attention on Fflo, who is really not well at all, new pills from the vet this morning, but at least we are manging to get her to eat a microscopic amount of food today.

Oh yes Bill, they made 500 of the yellow Tigers (can't remember the official name of the yellow) and 150 (I think) of the red ones - didn't fancy it in red at all. More on that, and the signal box, next time, but for now we've a patient to attend to.....

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.   Signal Box looking excellent , could I have seen a box like that at Chester or Crewe? But anyway it does look familiar. I still can't find my "man cave " and the more I look makes it seem more impossible to find my dream, I have filled in my details on the channel 4 Location, Location, Location website for Phil and Kirsty, and on BBCEscape to the Country. All I seem to do is "Clock up the Train and Bus Miles". All the best. Kevin

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

A very effective kit bash Keith. Weathered and in situ it will look marvellous.
Geriatric cats eh?! I've got one on my lap at the moment. Healthy thankfully, apart from having lost the plot and becoming incredibly needy and demanding as old cats do. This one is 18 yrs old. Fingers crossed for your ff'ers. 

Cheers

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Just a brief note, Fflo's condition worsened so we had to call out the vet this morning, and after giving us some time with Fflo, she sent Fflo on her way to that big cattery in the sky.The loft will be quiet for a few days while we keep tabs on Fflyff and come to terms with what has just happened.

Keith

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Condolences Keith, your other half and of course Fflyff for your sad loss of dear Fflo.

Both myself, the bride and our various kitties send much feline karma to you all.

Come back when you're ready.

Bill 

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Having a loved family pet depart is heart breaking, been there several times and will do again in the not too distant future. Our condolences. From the sounds of it Fflo had a great life and is now happily chasing mice in the big barn. Take care of yourselves.
Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Sincere thanks Marty and Bill for your kind words and understanding – these pets do tend to rule our lives, but we wouldn’t have it any other way. The demon duo have been with us since we came down here back in ’99, courtesy of our removal man, so it will take some time to get used to just Fflyff, thankfully she seems to be coping far better than we are. Given that we have been nursing Fflo on and off, mostly on, since February ’15 all this spare time we have now is something else that will take some getting used to. Still definitely a bit raw, but with the occasional good day when I can get my grey cell thinking of something other than Fflo, life ever so slowly starts to get back to something like normal, so I have eventually managed to finish the signal box…..

First of all the mandatory lamp was fitted above the door – I’ve mentioned this lamp idea before – just using a gow bulb and a small circle of 10 thou plasticard with a star cut at the centre – just feed the wires through, eventually the bulb which opens up the star and then paint.


 
Sorry, a bit out of focus.  To be fair they are a bit overscale, would be better with g-o-r bulbs… but that may be a bit too fiddly for me. Doesn’t look too bad …




Next a drain below the bog – I’m assuming the bog was plumbed in!


 
Add the ridge tiles, chimney and pinnacles and all done..

Now for the weathering, steps not yet attached, again my standard method with watery black emulsion, a couple of extra drips of black emulsion added to the mix used for the small factory job – given that the box is opposite 6C – and there we are…


 
I decided to add proper interior detail, using the Ratio kit 533, but this is seriously fiddly…. I don’t mind doing fiddly for something that works (signals, points and the like) … but just for decoration, my patience levels and finger dexterity do get severely challenged. So I’ll stop with what I’ve done – given the box faces the loft wall, and the interior can only be viewed through the door end, that will be enough. I have used just some simple balsa sticks, suitably painted, for Hooton box, and they don’t look too bad, provided you don’t look too close, so I’ll probably stick with that. Basically when it is lit an empty signal box does look a bit odd, so I have to put something in it.




Then add the nameboards from SS, I did add a couple of bits of extra brickwork either side of the additional pillar I’d used to hide the join – just to give a flat surface for the main nameboard.






…and it is finished





More pics in the gallery, but the box will eventually sit on a piece of the underlay which I used for the track…. And there’s still the lamp hut to add…. And once I’ve got the ballasting done, no timescale given, it’ll do for me.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Now some understandably belated replies.....

Kevin, yes, the Metcalfe model is based on a standard LNWR design, which is why I chose it, so you could well have seen one in Chester. I’ve already used a single kit for Hooton Station (built before I got into this weathering lark, so still to be attacked). The other two boxes on the layout – one at the mouth of the tunnel down from Woodside – that’ll be a Ratio ex GWR box, just to be different (the line was LNWR/GWR joint back in the day) and Woodside Station which will be the Bachmann Type 15 (already in a box somewhere under the layout…), which is very similar to the BR box at Woodside which replaced the original box back in December 1955 and was used until closure in ’67 – so covers the period  I am modelling.

Bill, the Tiger, our rallying exploits came to an end a year after the Oil Crisis (in ’76 / ’77, can’t remember now). The local dealership which had been sponsoring us suffered, as did the motor industry in general, and drastically cut their advertising budget (the source of our funds). We carried on for a while, but after a near serious off on an event we decided we couldn’t afford an actual serious off…. So the Tiger was sold, to a couple of lads just starting out…. And they promptly wrote it off on either the first or second event they entered!

I’d ordered a 3 litre Capri from the local Ford dealer, when it didn’t arrive, again and again, I transferred to a Celica GT… arrived within the week. I was then a Toyata fan, various models, finally with a Corolla GT (a bit like a modern version of theTiger), until our move up North.

As to the question of rodding – I did buy some of the Wills point rodding kits when they were first introduced… on one of my to-do lists now, of course, and in a box somewhere under the layout…. That was for Hooton, and so I’ll probably try that first. I’ve seen a few articles in the magazines about using the Wills kits and the overall effect, if done properly (emphasis on the properly), does look very good…. It could come under the fiddly jobs category however…. which may be a problem for yours truly…... The only points using w-i-t on the layout are at Woodside Station/sidings…. That’s another half finished job on one of my to-do lists…..

Keith


Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,

Good to see you modelling and doing a grand job on the signal box. The dark wash works so well on the light-coloured woodwork, giving just the right grimy mood of the period.

I've also got some Ratio rodding packs and will install some on my plank, as it only has two pair of points going back to a small scratch build cabin, so shouldn't be too fiddly and like you, I've seen some good results, albeit after a degree of patience and doubtless encouraging words!

Sad to hear the Tiger had that serious off after all, right after your attempt to save it from just such a fate! I had the use of an aged auto Corolla just last week in the UK, a relief with my weak left wrist. This was no GT, but was the first Toyota I'd driven and it proved to be a delight and despite it's age (a '77), everything worked. Regarding the Capri. A mate at college had a '71 RS 3100 in red and it certainly looked the part, although I only had a brief ride to the pub and he was being very careful and even more so on the way back!

My best to your household and I know you'll be looking after one another.

Best,

Bill



Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

A few difficult weeks here, as we get accustomed to the new order, not helped by Fflyff now obviously searching for her sister with spells of seriously loud meows, more like wailing – thankfully such events are becoming less frequent. Also my latest order from Hattons arrived nearly four weeks back, other than to check the contents it has remained untouched …. the fact that it includes the long awaited DJ 0-4-2T says it all.

On the odd good day I have managed to progress the timetable – not as straightforward as it should have been, given that this time I managed to get the fish train to the goods depot at a more sensible hour, and had the oil empties arriving early in the morning (last time they were at the depot overnight) both impacted on other traffic. Last time the fish was ‘forgotten’ and arrived at the depot just after 10am.… that’s a bit late I fancy. Anyway that is all sorted now – and it is now 06.44, one of the few clashes between the layout and the timetable (1961 version – there’ll be others with other years no doubt) occurs with the first Paddington train of the day – ex Woodside 06.30, and a Helsby train – ex Woodside 06.25 – both are timed to arrive Hooton at 06.46 – with the Helsby train departing 06.46, the Paddington train, as with all Paddington trains, is allowed 2 minutes at Hooton, departing at 06.48. Now, in the real world, with a four track mainline that’s fine…. I’ve only got two. Last run through I put the Helsby train (2 coaches) in platform 3, quickly followed by the Paddington train in platform 2, blocking the Helsby train ….which meant the Paddington train was away on time, with Helsby train a few minutes late. This time however, the fat controller had put three coaches on the Helsby train (’cos he hadn’t read his script properly) – so that doesn’t work/very, very tight fit. However I’ve found that by using all of the switches that I have at my disposal, I can manage it: the Helsby train still arrives in 3 (keep the passengers apart/no danger of getting on the wrong train)… the Paddington train waits at the signal outside the station…



…. that signal definitely needs replacing/fettling, both arms are a bit pathetic. By the way these photos were taken out of order, so pay no attention to the times. The Helsby train gets away, allowing the Paddington train to slowly pull into 2.




 and yes, I should have reset that point before taking this. I could have linked the two points to one point motor to avoid this problem, but for reasons which I can’t recall just now – but I’m sure they were very good at the time, the points had to be on separate motors, and I don't always remember to switch both points.
So both trains can get away on time (just). I could say that I’d planned all these switches when I was wiring up the layout all those years ago …..I didn’t, total fluke that it works …..didn’t actually look at the timetable until I’d finished the track.  Planning? – as I have said many times, na, none of that here. More photos in the gallery if you haven’t had enough already.

Perhaps just one more now, I have been trying to put the camera where I can’t actually get my head, if you see what I mean – gives a different view of the layout – this may be a help for anyone who is still looking for a track plan. The Sulzer type 2 is passing through Hooton en route for Birkenhead, the local parcels awaits departure from Platform 3, the middle tracks are the route down to the fiddle yard (which runs along the back wall – control panel top left), the 2P is held at the signal while the fat controller checks his script, and the tracks off to the right are the main line from Birkenhead.




Also in the Hattons box are two Metcalf terraced houses backs to fill in the gap in the backscene behind the goods yard – I’ll get on with that soon – keep the grey cell more occupied than running trains, even when the fat controller gets it wrong, and taking even more photos. That said, I may just turn the clock back to 1956 temporarily just to snap the 0-4-2T with autocoach on a West Kirby service at Hooton.

As ever, watch this space.

Keith

P.S. Bill, perhaps I'll wait to do the point rodding, see how you get on first!

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

A most enjoyable post Keith and glad to hear that your grey matter is hard at work and getting the better of them time bandits!

With typical 40 deg temperatures here, wielding a soldering iron to hook up the last droppers to the bus seems a bridge to far at the moment, but as soon as it cools sufficiently, I'll do just that, then ballast so point rodding exercises can commence, as can those oh so encouraging words!

I hope your DJ 0-4-2T performs well. I'm pleased with mine and will be detailing a trailer with the excellent Dart Castings kit to accompany it.

I particularly like your 22h18 photo and following 'watch this space' comment, as you have built a lot of railway into the space to watch and it looks grand.

Continue enjoying the timetabled running sessions and letting us in to your railway room.

Best,

Bill

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Bill

Many thanks again for the positive comments – I must be doing something right!

Yes, this weather… we can’t compete with 40 degrees, but five consecutive days in the thirties, topping out at 35 last Wednesday isn’t bad for mid Wales. This house has two foot thick stone walls, for the first couple of days it was wonderfully cool in the house, but slowly but surely those walls absorb all that heat, and by the fourth day it was like living in a fully charged storage heater. Three fans in the loft (fully insulated) kept the rails straight, just, but too hot to do anything useful, and another three on the landing were fighting a losing battle with the bedrooms. Not for me this hot weather, 21 degrees is just about right – which is what it is today, and some welcome rain for the garden too.

With the weather now back to normal, I’ll probably start Metcalfing again, but neighbour Paul is up for the next fortnight so the 0-4-2T is bound to get a run, and the timetable should advance too. I reckon Paul knows as much about this layout as I do… ’cos he remembers stuff…. a skill I sadly lack. By the time I find my Wills rodding kits, in whichever box they’re in, I’m hoping I'll be able to read how to do a proper job on your thread, with lots of photos please.

No pressure…. plenty of time!

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

In the post-Fflo era progress at Woodside remains faltering to say the least, but I am going to start, definitely this time – after several false starts, this Metcalfing of the gap between the small factory and the goods yard.



Yes, I know, all that ballasting still to do – it’s on one of my lists, honest. My original idea was to just have some terraced house backs to bridge the gap. As reported previously two kits arrived in the last delivery from Hattons (along with my 0-4-2T, which remains steadfastly in it’s box). Checking on the kit dimensions, I realised I needed another kit to bridge the gap, so that arrived last week, along with another delivery (which included a spare Hornby turntable for the fiddle yard – more of that later). Unfortunately I had ordered house fronts… at least they are houses in brick – so that has meant a bit of a rethink. Now, the plan (I don’t do plans, but you know what I mean) is to have the newly acquired house fronts starting behind the factory which will then be overlapped by the backs, which will start in front of the back-scene. There’s just a chance it may give the impression of a road of terraced houses – when viewed from a suitable distance, whatever that might be, but probably as far away as possible. I’m not very good at this perspective thing, so don’t expect much. Progress will be slow.

In the meantime just a couple of pics (as ever, more in the Gallery) – the Stanier Crab, I am a bit keen on this, has started work with some vans bound for the yards at Crewe, seen here in the goods yard.



Behind is the local pickup freight with the 4F – and behind that the fish empties are now waiting for the O4 to take them back to the East Coast, and behind that the oil shuttle awaits the G2 for the first run of the day to Ellesmere Port. Finally the Sultzer type 2 is parked up awaiting it's next run. I’ve been busy in the marshalling yard, while the passenger side of things was still quiet.

Woodside is now in full swing – the Ivatt is just departing from platform 1 with the 7.20 for Helsby.






I really should get on with some ballasting. As soon as the road is clear the Crab, which brought in the slightly odd through coaches from Ditton Junction into platform 2, waits in 3 (having used the very handy crossover between 2 and 3) for a trip to the shed for turning, coal/water (in my version of 6C sometimes they have to do things at breakneck speed!)  before returning to Platform 4 to take out the 7.40 train to Paddington (only as far as Chester of course). In Platform 4 at the minute the Standard 4 tank is waiting for the Helsby train to clear so it can move up to platform 2 to take the 7.25 relief train down to Hooton, using two of the coaches from the Ditton arrival. Really that should be a longer train, but storage limitations in the loops under Woodside, as the rush hour begins, means it has to be two.  Once that is away, the pilot (a Jinty for a change) will take the parcels van (now emptied and loaded with stuff for the Cambrian line), which came in with the DPU local parcels in platform 5, and put it on the front of the coaches for the 7.50 Barmouth train which will depart from platform 3. Yes, Woodside is in full swing now ….and it gets busier! All the freight/parcels traffic is down to my vivid imagination, I’ve no actual detailed info – other than photos – but I do try to make it plausible.

All this organising is really why I’m a bit of a fanatic about using the BR timetable, rather than just making it up – if I did it, I’d make sure it was easy! I know if I had all this DCC lark with chips and decoders and fancy software I could set it up so all I had to do was just switch on and watch – but for me that takes all the fun out of this hobby – I want to ‘drive’ the trains, I want to set the route (admittedly using more switches than is probably good for me) and I want to set the signals. Despite a background in computing, I just don’t see the fun in all this computer stuff – I totally accept that I may be in a rapidly reducing minority now …..but I’m too old to change ….each to his own!

That turntable… I use one in the fiddle yard – very useful when you can’t really see when the tracks are aligned. A couple of weeks ago it started to make some odd noises (possibly down to lack of use), so I thought… if that goes I’m in deep trouble – I haven’t seen anything else, at the price, which I could use as an easy replacement. So I thought I’d have a spare in place – if I have a spare the old one will just keep working, odd noises and all, if I don’t have a spare it will fail, just after the last one has been sold. Turns out only Hattons still stock it (albeit at almost double the 2009 price), all other dealers I checked had no stock, and Gaugemaster showed “no longer produced”…..so if you use the Hornby turntable as I do ….you have been warned.

One other thing, just checking a recent acquisition to the railway library, although passenger services to West Kirby from Hooton ceased in 1956, freight continued until the line closed in 1962… so perhaps that pick-up freight should have a West Kirby portion, detached at Hooton, and then taken forward by .....something  ……possibly for the last two years the 0-4-2Ts were at 6C, (to ’58), that would have been a suitable working  ….life at Hooton just got a bit more interesting …..I just have to get this ’61 run finished first ….. which should be around Christmas time …..no year specified….

More on the Metcalfing soon – ish, well hopefully before Christmas....
 
Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.  Very good job so far don't undersell yourself,well done. You are getting on so well, wherehas me all I do is dream and " faff about". I have lots of ideas that don't get off the drawing board, in fact more ideas than either part built kits , boxes with kits, and over ambitious ideas that don't go anywhere. All the best. Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Apologies for the delay – still not quite firing on all cylinders.... as Fflyff insists on calling for her sister. Thanks for that Kevin, it’s just that I could never match the scenic efforts of many of the layouts on the forum, they’re in a different league. I can manage a reasonable job with the actual railway – it’s the green bits the other side of the fence, which explains why Woodside has rather a lot of track and so not much of the green stuff. As for faffing about, you’re talking to the faffer-in-chief! No plans, just “ideas” (sound familiar?), which after much of the aforementioned “faffing about”, every now and then I do actually produce something worthwhile ….and remember I started this layout back in 2009, most folk would have built at least two by now.  My main fault, as I’ve noted before, I always end up buying in the materials for my latest idea, and then promptly putting them in a box, if they didn’t already arrive in a box (in which case they never actually see the light of day), and putting said box under the layout…. along with lots of similar boxes…. and nothing actually gets done.…. you are not alone!

However, that said…. I have actually started the Metcalfing, less than a month after the last kit arrived – never really saw the underside of the layout. Thus far all I have done is begin the first of the house backs…. I find it much easier to work with something ‘solid’ rather than a list of dimensions – much easier to see just what will fit… and what won’t…. and I get an idea as to what it could look like.



… and yes, I did tidy my workspace before I started.

Hadn’t realised a couple of things: first, this kit includes curtains for the windows, first time for me with a “domestic” kit, (not sure they add much to L/R buildings, but as you can see I'm using them), and second, these are quite posh terraced houses, with an extension and shed at the rear. I was thinking back to our old house in the ’Pool all those years ago – plain front and back. Anyway, given that I don’t have a lot of space to play with I think the lean-to shed, at least, will have to go, it will just be a case of trying various options. I did think about doing away with the gable altogether, but then the back doors would be too close, if I included the small window - without it it would look a bit odd. Similarly when I get on to the fronts, they will need to be quite “flat” too (no bay windows). One thing I have noticed is that the back kit is a good match for the terraced houses in the backscene, so that may help with the overall look, whatever that will be, once I’ve finished.

So it is time for me to switch to creative mode …. see what I can fit in the space available.

Incidentally in the pic above the Fowler tank, with stock, is biding time in the fiddle yard having worked the 6.25 Woodside to Helsby (7.07). Normally Chester and Helsby trains wait in the main part of the fiddle yard, this side is mainly freight/parcels/sleepers and spare coaches – I’m sure there was a good reason for it ending up on this side, but can’t remember what it was. The Fowler will reappear soon on the 7.32 Helsby to Woodside (8.13)…. Then run around the stock and travel up the line (or in my case into the carriage sidings, only way I can include services to/from Rock Ferry), to form the 8.31 Rock Ferry back to Helsby. OK it’s a bit tight, but doable, just. No idea why this service didn’t start from Woodside – obviously in the real world this may well have been a different engine/stock, but I reckon my version is perfectly plausible. Timetables definitely add to a layout and are part of the fun…. well they are in the world I inhabit…

More, as ever, soon-ish…..

Keith

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Keith

I am so liking your comments reagrding train and their routes etc.  For me, too many layouts feature "mixed freights" and "diverted expresses" - both on my hate list - instead of "7.35am SO service to Hooton" or whatever.  For my next layout, where I have running loop storage, I will have rotations of, for example, parcels stock so that I can add and subtract to services just as you do here.  It makes the whole exercise feel like the railways are doing something rather than just running from A to B.  At present I use cartridges and this introduces restrictions in the area.

Personally, I think you are faffing in the right direction!!

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.   Until, if I ever get a Mancave? Together with a workable layout of my own ( without a Landlord?) I am still trying to make do with a Puzzle Plank. I have purchased lots of kits, still in "flat pack form" in readiness. One being a Metcalfe Warehouse , would you please tell me how low Relief the Warehouse can be, and the can it be rebuilt as a whole building at a later stage? Should I ever get the Mancave? All the best. Kevin

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Cleared workbench... looks just like mine!
Your "organic" scenery construction has worked very well so far in my opinion. It produces believable scenes that are unique despite starting with a flat pack kit.

Looking forward to seeing what you come up with this time.

Cheers

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

With the usual apology for the delay…. there again, if I spent more time on the forum, I’d get even less done in the loft…. just in response…

S’mae Barry

We’re definitely singing from the same song sheet – even down to the analogue bit!! Yes, all this timetabling brings the layout to life… you get the rush hours where everything is supposed to happen at once (but very rarely does), the engine shed is almost empty, and the stations are full – yet in a few hours there’ll be plenty on shed, and just the station pilot and perhaps an odd train in action. Storage at rush hour is always a problem, you never seem to have enough – I know at one point in the evening rush there are six trains stored under Birkenhead..…  so at least one has to be stock limited, so that they all fit… the fact that they do fit at all is bordering on the miraculous, given I just put down as much track as I could fit in the space, both under Birkenhead and in the fiddle yard. I’m only running the full passenger service, with freight as and when – to run the freight as well, I reckon I’d need to take over most of the house…. and I can see significant problems with that. But at the end of the day, you know all the trains ran (some even on time) and you have kept faith with the original timetable. Like you said the layout/railway, and the fat controller, have actually achieved something. I guess I'll keep on faffing....

S’mae Kevin

Check out from post 80, page 4 – for how I used the Metcalfe Warehouse kit (x2) – it can be made up as a standalone building. Best place for accurate dimensions/info is the Metcalfe website:

https://www.metcalfemodels.com/product/po282-00-h0-warehouse/


S’mae Marty

Thanks for that Marty – if you think it looks OK, that’s good enough for me…. If my workbench looks like yours I’m obviously doing too much tidying up, fear not that won’t happen again!


Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, now some progress… as expected I decided to drop the shed – the whole thing is already a bit wide – so that means extending the chimney to ground level (it stops just below the shed roof). It’s debateable whether this is necessary, as the back wall may well almost cover the lower part of the chimney – but you can guarantee that if I didn’t extend the chimney, it would show above the wall when viewed on the layout. Simple job, I used some of the extra brickpaper included glued to suitable card to make the extension. Use the standard strengtheners from ground level, and cut the extra bits from offcuts on the grey card sheet, at the top… and that’s it… (more pics in the Gallery)


 





I’ve left the house half-finished for now, more concerned with how it will fit. I did build the second unit, from the second kit, as the other sheet in the first kit had been cut well off centre, and so was unusable. A first for me, so quick e-mail with attached photo to Metcalfe requesting a replacement… and a couple of days later it duly arrived first class post… well done Metcalfe – sign of a good Company.

So with two houses part built it was back to the question of how they would fit in the space – even without the shed they are still quite wide. The idea now was to get the support strut to line up with one of the gables… that way I could effectively get the “row” much further back from the track, so I needed to attack one of the houses. First thing was to measure the angle of the strut, not easy where it is…. then the old lateral thinking clicked in… I could easily measure the angle at floor level… and so I could make a template. I removed the centre support and cut back the floor, three iterations of this, but now the “row” of houses (apart from the gables) sits behind the leading edge of the strut – much better.







In fact this is one of the earlier attempts, it now sits even further back, and that ballasting (or lack of it) is really starting to annoy me.

 Although I’d decided against a “flat” terrace, I was still a bit concerned about the space available and so I revisited the idea of turning the remaining houses into plain terraces and after a bit more thought, the plain terrace won out for the remaining houses, it is however turning out to be a bit more of a job than I first thought, and quite fiddly. The basic idea is to fill the gap left by the gable with the gable sides, this will increase the overall width of a single unit by roughly one of these centimetre thingies – which means extending the base. One point, the gable sides are a bit lower, so they too will need some extension. Also, this “new” terrace will need a roof as none of the existing roof pieces will do, without lots of gluing. Fortunately on the sheet with the spare brickpaper there is a section of slates, which mounted on card will cover the whole thing in one piece. Must give some thought to the position of the chimneys in this new set-up.

Stage 1, cut the base sections in half, remove the front portions of the base, keeping all the paved areas to fill the gap across the new ‘back’, and the “steps” for the back doors.





 That done – start as usual with the corner, and from the spare paving sections extend the paving





Cut the sides from the gable end, fit the glazing, and then glue to the corner section – you’ll need a rebate cut on the top base card to allow for the wider base of the side + windows (in the original model, there are no windows/doors on the forward facing ground floor)..




 All these joins in the brickwork are a bit awkward, but given where it is going, and after the usual weathering treatment, it should be OK… may hide a couple of joins with drainpipes, eventually. Repeat all this with the other “half”, and then glue together – I added some card on the back of the joins, and then braced the gap in the base with some offcuts of the removed centre support from the gabled house.



After all that, I trimmed back the paving to two rows (I want to leave as much space as possible between the back wall and the track), added the doorsteps, and it is starting to look OK -ish.



I've decided to put the doors together, as that's how our old house was arranged.

It’s useful for me to detail all this… now there’s half a chance I’ll be able to repeat the process with the second unit… normally once I’ve done something, that’s it, job done, and I instantly forget how the job was actually done….

More soon-ish

Keith

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

A very clear "how I done it" on the terrace house kit bash Keith. It shows how versatile the Metcalfe kits, and you, can be.
A thin line of pva glue in and around the sheet joins on the walls and a drizzle of green flock/scatter to represent a climbing creeper/rose/ivy is another way to hide the joins too.

Keep it coming 

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Marty

What a good idea – thank you for that…. I’ll use that when I get around to the Hooton bit on that board above the junction I fitted a while back. It was a lot greener out there, but for Birkenhead, near the shed, not really suitable – back in the late 50s/early 60s I used to make a regular pilgrimage to 6C from home every Sunday. Bus into town, electric train from Central Low Level to B’head Central, left out of the station into Argyle Street, first left into Mollington Street (I can remember it as if it was yesterday!)… shed entrance at the end of this cul-de-sac…. lined with what I call “plain” terrace houses, there was also a line of similar houses alongside the adjacent marshalling yard – which is what gave me the idea for this latest Metcalfing. I can remember everywhere was very dark… a mixture of browns and various levels of black/soot… no sign of anything green at all. I suspect by now the whole area has been redeveloped…. probably home to a supermarket /shopping centre. One day we’ll have a trip back just to see….

Another chunk  "how I did the next bit" following very shortly...

Cofion

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, episode two of this latest Metcalfing epic, more pics in the gallery, as usual.

Because of the extra width the first floor needed to be extended, the centre support reduced in height to allow for the extra strengtheners, and the front edge cut back to allow for the doors. (…and yes, you can see who cut the wrong edge first).

 

Once it was all glued together, it was just as solid as the original gable end. The windows for the first floor were then added – the extension on the windows for the sides of the original house gave good support to the join in the brickwork, the other side window from the gable then needed to be cut back in order to fit.



The gap in the brickwork was filled with off-cuts from the now redundant (although I’ll find a use for it – possibly as the basis for a bungalow…) gable end. The back needed to be extended like the floors, with a couple of holes to be added ready for my standard lighting to be fitted later, and that was it done, apart from roof and chimney, which will also be done later.



All that remained, was to do it all again…. which, as ever with me, didn’t go as smoothly as it should have, but eventually…then there were two.


 
Before gluing everything together I decided to have another go at the gable which covers the strut, taking it back still further so that the strut was hard against the first floor. Also I boxed in the two side ground floor “rooms” ready for lighting. I did leave some small gaps so hopefully some light will leak out into the other ground floor rooms. Finally added the modified centre support, which I had to make up from spare card… as I’d already cut up the original to act as strengthers for the first “terrace”…it’s that problem I have with planning…...



So two gables and two plain terraces done (not bothering with roof/chimney just yet), time to see how the finished thing will look, still separate units at this point.




That’ll do. Time to do some roofing, as I mentioned I used the slates sheet for the joins – easily enough. My idea was to keep some back, so that I’d have some to cover any joins … but when it came to it… I glued both sheets complete onto card. Remembering my idea later I thought, no problem – I’ll use the sheet in the terrace fronts kit I haven’t started yet…. except on inspection that kit doesn’t have any spare slates sheet. Anyway, cut the roof sections from the slates:



… and don’t do what I did, make sure you have the slates the right way around… the slates don’t slip UP the roof…. Noticed just in time!

So time to glue together and add the roof. Fortunately for me, the roof joins turned out to be OK, but probably by ensuring that the roof joins were good some of the house joins are not as good, so I’ll need to cover with the brick sheet. I also used some of the spare grey card to cover the joins at the back – makes the whole thing quite rigid. So now it is just one unit, and fits quite well, and not a million miles from my original idea.



Although I was a bit unsure about the curtains you can see that I've fitted them to almost all windows, it should improve the effect when the houses are lit. Now it is time to complete all the chimneys, and the outside walls/back doors, get the “sky” finished, and get the basic black on the ground. The house fronts will probably be reduced to just the front face and a section of roof. Then everything has to get the weathering treatment to make it all look like the Birkenhead I remember. Hopefully that shouldn’t take too long (!!), so the final part, probably penultimate part, of this epic should be soon-ish. After all…. I’ve got trains to run!.... and I'm still desperately trying to ignore that track...

Keith
 
 

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

That's turned out well, Keith.  :cool:

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Nice work, Keith.

Been following your interesting "how to" on the terraced houses.

I'll bet the folk at Metcalfe never thought their kits would / could be bashed about such as you've been doing. Nice bit of work; looking good. Always a problem about how to cover over the joints but you seem to have got away with it very nicely.

My lawn seems to have had an outburst of moss in it this year. so I've been out picking it out a bit and maybe some of that can be trimmed and used as joint coverage in a similar manner to which Marty has made comment.

I built a couple of the Metcalfe terraced houses when I first got back into the hobby - never thought about how they might be modified; I simply built them 'as is'. They look ok, but a bit of customisation could have improved them somewhat. Maybe when they get back onto the new layout (is there even a place for them, I ask) I'll have a go at reverse engineering them and adding a bit of something extra. Your 'how to' has certainly given me ideas - I just hope I don't wreck my already-built kits (I hate to trash anything that currently works).

Keep up the good work.

Dave

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Yes, that turned out well and it fits nicely in the curve of the track into the goods yard(I think they lead to the goods yard?).
I'm a bit confused though, after the mis-order of house fronts instead of house backs and the kit bashing you've been doing. Are these now house backs or fronts? I'm trying to envisage tiny back yards and fencing or a road and then lineside fencing.

carry on, doing famously despite the adversity.

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

About time I responded, apologies again for the delay – but time on the forum is even more limited at this time of year…. Wildlife to feed (hedgehogs) and monitor (bats) apart from a seemingly endless list of jobs I ‘should’ be doing in that garden thingy….. roll on the winter! In truth I could spend all day on the forum, but then progress in the loft would be non-existent.

Max – as I said to Marty, if you think it’s turned out well, that’s good enough for me, thank you.

Dave – Yes, after the summer we’ve had the moss is having a field day everywhere, some of our paths have become green carpets – and I’ve been thinking about some of the larger specimens, and a possible role, as bushes/hedges in the loft.

When I restarted this railway modelling lark, as soon as I’d got the track as far as Hooton I wanted an instant station, and for me with my fairly limited skill set when it comes to actual modelling, that meant Metcalfe. As you can see from the various photos, Hooton is totally standard Metcalf – not even weathered – that, at least, will eventually happen (on a list, somewhere).  At Birkenhead I had to cover another one of these struts which appears at the end of platform 5 – and so I thought of the Metcalfe water tower, bought one… and then realised that a single kit wouldn’t cover the strut.. but if I combined two kits… and the rest is history. Originally I’d bought two two road engine shed kits for 6C, when I finally got to laying track there was only room for a three road straight shed, and so I went for the Townstreet kit… and then set about making the two Metcalfe kits into a section of roundhouse behind the turntable. Ever since then no Metcalfe kit has survived in standard form – but they are very “flexible”.  If you do have a go on existing completed kits (I reckon there’s always a place for them somewhere) all I would say is don’t throw away any bits – if it doesn’t work out – you can always put the bits back together!

Marty – yes, the tracks are heading for the goods yard. Now, if you’re a bit confused – what hope is there for me?!  These are the backs, far too big backs with those gables. Having reduced the flags on the plain backs to just two rows, and with the houses further back, I’ve reinstated the third row (never throw anything away, ’cos there’s always a chance, I may regret it) – and once the back walls are up it will look more like the backs. Before the back walls though, there’s the weathering to do, and fitting the gutters/drainpipes (Ratio). Then the finished thing will be essentially as you describe, in fact I’ve drawn a plan! ....OK, it’s not a plan, but it’s the nearest I ever get to one…



…. the fence at the railway boundary may well be Bachmann security fencing, which will start after the gates into the yard – I’ll see how it looks. As for those fronts, shown on the ‘plan’… when I was searching for something completely different I came across another set of house fronts (obviously had this idea some time ago.... either that or senility is really setting in) so the fronts will now extend some way behind the small factory. Also I may try this perspective lark again, take out a few rows of bricks at door/windows levels, to reduce the height, and mount them part way up the purlin. Naturally I’ll hang on to the bits, just in case it looks daft, so I can resurrect the original and have it at ground level… at least I’m trying!

… and I am supposed to be running trains too….

More soon-ish, of course.
 
Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, time to report a bit more progress with the terrace backs. First job was to get the whole thing weathered – better to get the main building done before the back walls are attached, they can be attacked after fitting, and they’d get in the way when I’m splashing the watery emulsion over everything.  Doesn’t look too bad now.




Next, the drainpipes and gutters – Ratio 538. This was a very fiddly job – I decided to reduce the thickness of the pipe brackets (as supplied the drainpipe sits a bit too far out from the wall) … which tested the patience levels. After a few expletives, the link between my fingers and the one remaining functioning grey cell is somewhat intermittent, I developed a technique, involving a pair of tweezers, which allowed me to produce much thinner brackets. Just about worth it in the end, as I think it does improve the look of the houses.



Now for those outside walls, it is just a case of using what is available, including the original shed wall as just wall. I’ve used the Metcalfe idea of offsetting the backing pieces and the wall to improve the joins in the wall.



Only just got started on this, but you get the idea :



Interesting the difference between the weathered house and the pristine wall. These yards are a bit small, OK they are seriously small, but given that the houses are really only the backdrop to the marshalling yard, hopefully when everything is finished it will not be too noticeable.

More, hopefully the last of this, soon-ish of course, as it is high time the trains started running again. By the way, in case you’re wondering what has happened to the chimney pots – I always add them as the final job – past experience with the earlier kits I did, I seem to have a knack of catching them with something while doing the next job, and that can sometimes require a major repair.
 
Keith

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Very, very nice, Keith.  :cool:

I'm sure that no one will notice the yards.

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Looks great Keith. I've lived in flats with backyards that small. Just enough room to hang out half a load of washing!
The weathering is the trick. All of a sudden it blends into the scene.

Cheers

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Max and Marty – yes,I think the weathering does improve the look of the Metcalfe kits, one day I’ll get around to weathering all the other stuff (Hooton) I’d built before I started experimenting with weathering… you’ve guessed it – it’s on a list. Thinking back to my early years in the ’Pool our yard wasn’t that big….

Now, more progress to report. I continued with the back walls, not always making a particularly good job of it.


 
Yes, not exactly square…

The narrow backs being that bit longer means that the back wall needs an extra section, but plenty of spare available. Once on to the original gable end version the walls fit exactly as they should. Originally I had intended to reduce the depth of the original gable end houses by removing the shed and taking off a couple of rows of flags, with the houses well back, I’ve left it – so I could have included the shed… but these houses were already a bit smart with a gable end, so I didn’t include the shed… a bigger yard now, which needed an extra section of dividing wall. All quite straightforward, and soon it was complete.



In position, starting to take shape … Next task is to weather the back walls, better to do it before the capping is fitted.



I’ve included this pic, showing the walls weathered, simply because it includes a section of ballasted track… makes a change!

Now the capping for the back walls. Personally I think the capping as supplied is a tad too wide. I think I know why they chose this width, the back door sections are in fact almost four thicknesses of card, so to get a decent overhang it needs wider capping…. But as the majority of the back walls are just two thicknesses of card, it gives too much overhang, I think. So, before starting I trimmed all the capping back to about 3.5 mm. (I’m getting the hang of this metric stuff).



You can see what I mean with the original capping and the two card section of wall. Anyway even at this reduced width it covered that very iffy bit of wall shown in the earlier pic. Then it was just a case of weathering the capping, extending the sky beyond the houses and adding the standard matt black to the floor and part way up the purlin.



Not time for the chimneys yet, they will be fitted after the lighting has been done. With the black on the purlin, in the gap between the houses and the small factory it is now not clear as to where the baseboard ends and the purlin starts – so I’ll probably try these reduced height terrace fronts mounted some way up the purlin. With two terrace fronts kits, I’ve plenty to play with.

But that will come later, as I understand the natives in Birkenhead and Hooton are getting a bit fed up with the lack of any train service… so there will be a slight delay in the construction of the terraced fronts, while I get the natives back on side.

The 0-4-2T is still in the box, must do something about that.

So, more in a bit....

Keith
 
 

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Some nice touches there, Keith.

I like the space behind the down pipes.  :cool:

emmess
Full Member


Joined: Mon Jul 15th, 2013
Location: Burley In Wharfedale, United Kingdom
Posts: 399
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Looking good. The weathering really works well. I do like a row of houses on a layout and these are a great example...

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Glad you like it Max! – although I’m sure it’s only ’cos it is a little space…. You wouldn’t have liked the bigger space had I used the brackets unmodified.
Yes, Mike, totally agree, an urban railway scene isn’t complete without a row of terraced houses, with added weathering. I’d like to carry on with more, rather than the backscene, but I’d lose two roads in the marshalling yard – and that’s not on.

Now, the Fat Controller and the natives are happy - the trains are running again! ....and the morning rush is almost upon us…. and storage space is already getting scarce… Things should be OK mind, I’ve run this timetable before – just the last couple of extra freights to sort out, then it should be plain sailing.

One of the locos that doesn’t appear very often, the 28XX, with a freight off the Cambrian line, is held at Hooton while the London sleeper (due Woodside 7.57 – quite late for a Sleeper) gets the road away from Fiddle Yard approach. This is also one of the few passenger services which does not stop at Hooton.






 With the Sleeper safely stored under Woodside to wait for it’s run through Hooton (7.38), the freight gets the road from Hooton. Really should get some crew in the open cab engines at least, I'll put it on my list... The distant is still on, this means that the fat controller has to proceed with extreme caution as there is already a train in the loop – the Sleeper. When the chosen storage loop is clear, the distant is also off, and then the fat controller can leave a train to stop automatically, by the two double breaks and switches described earlier in this thread (page 3, post 51).



 

Yes, building the terraces was interesting, and with the perspective thingy for the front terrace that too will be interesting, but for now the Fat Controller is just having fun! The terrace fronts will have to wait until the next couple of hours of the timetable have been completed – that’s the morning rush hour over… depending on how it goes…. more on the front terrace soon-ish.... hopefully before Christmas!!
 
Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

The timetable has progressed…  a bit… not as fast as I’d hoped, but at least some progress.

The Lightweights finally got away from Woodside with the 7.45 service to Hooton. This roster has to be a two car DMU – at some point during the rush hour, the fact that it is just two coaches (no engine) is vital in the loops under Woodside! Must get all the plumbing fitted at the ends of the Lightweights mind – looks a bit bare now. No need for couplings – the only thing it could couple up with is another set of Lightweights, and I’ve only got one. Lovely model, captures the lines of the Lightweight perfectly…. Whether they ever got to Woodside, well, perhaps just for a trial period? – they were just across the Mersey – so plausible, just.


 
Life at Hooton is a bit more interesting just now, the Sleeper has just (7.40) run through heading for Woodside, following that the next train was the Ivatt with the 7.42 train for Helsby (7.20 ex Birkenhead)…



…. Five minutes behind that is the relief train from Woodside (7.25) with the Standard 3 tank, which terminates at Hooton, 7.47, here arriving in platform 3.


 
The tank will run around the stock (just two coaches again, storage limits) to form the 8.00 service back to Rock Ferry (or in my case the coach sidings at Woodside). Birkenhead had a couple of the Ivatts and three of the Standard 3 tanks for a couple of years around ’59 and ’60, so although I’m running the 1961 timetable, that’s near enough for me.  But before 8.00 is the 7.53 from Helsby to Woodside and the second Paddington bound train of the day at 7.58. So once the Standard 3 tank is away, the fat controller usually needs a lie down….

When I first laid the track at Hooton, the original idea was for an island platform layout, the loop was just for freight and the goods shed.  I wasn’t too sure about where to locate the station building if it was just an island, and so in the end I decided on the three platform set-up. Never thought to check the timetable I was intending to run, or considered the possibility of services starting or terminating at Hooton…. that would have been planning…. Anyway, it all turned out OK in the end.

Now, that gap between the terraced houses and the small factory is starting to annoy me, so I’m going to have a go at this perspective lark, then I can get back to the trains. So, sooner rather than the expected much later, the house builders are back…

To reduce the height of the fronts, I’ve taken out three sections of two bricks and then reassembled  the bits to give a new front section. Originally I’d thought about removing sections including the windows, to maintain the right proportions.. but the thought of having to cut the windows as well, meant that idea remained an idea.






This is now a bit fragile, so before I could start trying to fit the fronts in place I decided to at least attach the base and add the windows and strengtheners, to give me something solid to play with. With the lower set of bricks removed, this will affect the doorways – as they include a fanlight above the door, by removing that the door itself remains untouched.


 
The fronts are to be fixed hard up against the flat section of the purlin, about quarter of an inch above baseboard level, which in theory may give some sort of perspective effect. So, I measured up a template – and then set about hacking the completed front. Note, all the bits removed are still on the workbench, I never throw anything I’ve cut off, until the job is finally completed… just in case.






This, of course, didn’t fit…. ’cos I’d measured the template incorrectly, but after much muttering and remeasuring….  and regluing, all those bits I’d cut off incorrectly… I ended up with something which did fit. The rebuilt ends are a bit of a mess, but will be covered by other ends which will be cut correctly first time.



A reduced roof was added, and as this will be hard up against the loft roof, I’m still thinking about the chimney stacks and how to fit them, given that the top of the roof is hard up against the loft roof.



Putting the front alongside the backs shows the reduced height



..and holding the front, roughly where it will be fitted, and with the floor and purlin all matt black, I think there will be some sort of perspective effect… when viewed from afar, at least enough to make it worth building the remaining fronts.


 
Each additional front will be slightly different, given that the purlin is only a roughly squared-off tree trunk, and not a particularly straight tree in the first place….

More soon-ish, of course.
 
Keith
 
 

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks, for the post, Keith.

It makes interesting reading.   :cool:

Ed
Full Member


Joined: Tue Jan 29th, 2013
Location: West Anglia Main Line, United Kingdom
Posts: 3914
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Like the perspective effect Keith :thumbs


Ed

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Max – pleased you find my ramblings interesting, I’ll carry on…. and Ed, better to reserve judgement on perspective ’til the fronts are in situ… but at least the gap will have disappeared, which is why I started this in the first place.

I’ve been busy (hence the delay in replying), when I’ve had the chance, trying to finish the remaining fronts – the second and third appeared with no problems – I had to modify the back for the third and fourth to match the changing contours of the purlin, but the fourth…. All was well, apparently, until I tried to fit the lower floor window frame…. and it fitted perfectly….except it wasn’t supposed to, not without removing part of it to account for the reduced height. Takes a while these days for the penny to drop… there was a join in the fronts low down – as there should be – but what I’d omitted to do was to remove the rows of bricks, I’d just stuck the thing back together! I seem to recall at the time commenting to myself on what a good match that bottom join was!!!  Hey ho.

Now during all this Metcalfing I’ve become accustomed to returning a half constructed model to the component parts… not easy when you use Roket card glue. So I set about rectifying my minor error, and after some time in a darkened room and some fairly strong language, the fourth house, of the correct height, was finished.  It was now time to address the problem I’d been conveniently ignoring – how to fix the fronts in the required position, half an inch above the baseboard and hard up against the purlin/loft roof. The fall-back solution, just glue it to the purlin and roof – but I’m hoping to put some lights in the bedrooms, so I need to be able to get at the back when bulbs fail. The idea is that a building effectively behind the baseboard and lit should give more depth…. well, something like that. Also fixing anything to the purlin could be problematic, that purlin is an oak tree, been there since this “new” part of the house was built long ago, so it’s going to be rock hard for screwing in any small screws. Eventually, I had an idea…. So I’ve drawn one of my engineering drawing quality plans to illustrate it…




OK, perhaps not quite engineering drawing quality, but you get the idea. Basically a section on the top of the house roof, parallel to the loft roof, will slot into a groove created on the loft roof. Hopefully just two sections about 3” wide, split into two by the centre piece, on houses 1 and 4 should be sufficient – I’m gluing all four houses together first, once I’m convinced they do fit as intended. It won't be supporting the whole weight of the fronts as they will be effectively standing on the purlin. And that will be it done, apart from the lights and the chimney stacks (still thinking about the stacks) and the weathering, so perhaps that should read "half done". At the moment you can see I’m in curtains mode, originally I wasn’t keen on the curtain idea, but I have to admit now that it does improve the look.

More soon-ish, if the idea works, if it doesn’t, I may be a while…. and the trains may start running first…

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, more progress to report. That idea for holding the terrace fronts in place, good as it was, remains just an idea – the problem, lack of headroom – only about 5” at the back of layout, and so very difficult to see the exact position for the bracket when it comes to fixing. Given the fact that the fronts are top heavy to the back I decided that a simple step (in black) below the pavement would do the job. Naturally I hadn’t measured the fronts before completing them, and so the first thing I had to do was cut back the pavement for the left hand houses so that the fronts would actually fit behind the small factory, and then I could fit the step.



Then, a first look at the fronts in place – and I think this perspective lark does work, sort of, with the fronts appearing much further back from the small factory than they actually are – there again, I’m bound to say that…..



To get the chimneys to fit was something of a challenge with the front roof almost touching the top of the loft roof. Initially I thought of mounting the chimneys lower down the roof, but with a reduced roof already, it didn’t look right. So I set about making something which would fit, and be at the top of the roof, sort of triangular chimney. Fair bit of cutting, but eventually something I could use…



I decided to light four sets of bedrooms – no space for the ground floor courtesy of the purlin, usual method (health and safety folk who don’t like gow bulbs in cardboard models should look away now) in this case four 3V gow in series. As there is no back to the fronts, if that makes sense, I’ve fed the wires through the side panels, so I’ve been able to leave the joints uncovered – makes it easier to find the duff bulb when one of the bulbs fail and no chance of any shorts.



The chimneys fitted, looked better than expected, and will do for me.



Usual weathering, and all terraces now finished…. Well, apart from the lighting for the backs.



Finally, and I don’t think this is my idea –probably read it somewhere… on the forum perhaps, but I’ve put an HO scale figure on the pavement of the fronts, and a OO scale figure next to the backs. I reckon it does improve the perspective effect. The figures have now returned to platform 1 at Woodside – their rightful place. More suitable bodies will be added later, when the fencing/gates are done. My point and click camera is working at just about the limit of it’s capabilities….



Not too sure about the overall look now – there isn’t much space between the last of the fronts and the small factory, but by my standards it’ll do. The look between the small factory and the marshalling yard will improve when I complete the boundary walls, fences and gates… but that will have to wait a while now.

Just a thought…. I now know why I hadn’t finished the ballasting at the Yard Junction – had I done it earlier it would be a mess by now with all the stretching across the tracks…. so I’d better hang on now ’til I’ve done the lighting and finished off the fencing etc. I’ll use any excuse!!

Finally, finally, one train omitted from the rush hour before 8 at Hooton, the morning parcels from the WCML at Crewe behind the EE type 1, due through Hooton at 7.51. The first five of these spent some time at Crewe South in their early years, not sure when they moved down to London… but a tenuous link which is just about plausible!



So, there we are… the lights for the backs and small factory will also have to wait a while, particularly now that I’ve linked them to the ballasting… the Fat Controller needs to run the railway for a while… it’s what he’s there for! …. and there’s that 0-4-2T, yes, still in the box – must do something about that, probably a quick flashback to 1956 sometime soon-ish.

Keith
 
 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Progress has been very slow of late (that’s code for virtually nil) – loft time at a premium for all sorts of reasons, so not a lot to report. I have been playing about with my point and click camera, in an attempt to improve the quality of my photos. I know that there are plenty of fancy software products out there which will combine several photos to give clear focus across the field of view… but I am a simple soul now, so I’m avoiding all this computer stuff.

However, thinking back to the days with my Ilford Sportsman and a light meter – I thought about reducing the aperture/increasing exposure time… which I thought I couldn’t do with this camera, however it does have a Landscape setting, so I tried that and it resulted in a much slower shutter – and I think it is better, with more of the picture in focus. If it isn’t let me know.  As an example, this is the 8.00 return service to Rock Ferry, behind the Standard 4 tank, waiting in Platform 3 – the far starter signals are still in some sort of focus – so I’ll be using this setting in future.



However, further investigation with my camera… turns out it does have a manual setting too…. so I can set aperture/shutter…. I’ve only had it 8 years – everything takes time…. and with the full manual still available on the Canon website, now downloaded, I’ve another job added to one of my lists which may, eventually, (no promises) see a big improvement in the quality of the photos I produce.

In the meantime, just reached the one occasion when the three platform layout of Hooton cannot cope. The TC Barmouth has just arrived in Hooton (8.05) platform 2, just like the London train before it, it has to stop with the back coach clear of the slip, so that a Helsby train (two car DMU) can arrive into 3 at 8.07, departing at 8.08. But the Barmouth train does not leave until 8.09 – a minute later. So currently I just let the Helsby train depart 2 minutes late.  As an alternative, the Barmouth could reverse to clear the exit from 3 once the Helsby train has arrived, allowing access for the parcels van to the platform and for the Helsby to depart on time. There’s some logic to this –as the Barmouth train waits for four minutes (the standard wait is two minutes) – so I’m assuming that was to allow for loading of parcels. Not sure such a manoeuvre ever occurred anywhere on BR metals – but if anybody has seen something similar – please let me know. OK, I know it’s only an odd couple of minutes – but that’s just me, I would like to follow the timetable to the letter!

One more photo with the new setting (more in the Gallery) – just to show how busy things are just now.




It is 8.06, the Barmouth train in 2, with the Helsby train due in 3, emerging up the bank from the fiddle yard is a Stanier  tank on a Chester – Birkenhead service due Hooton at 8.08 in 1, same time as the Helsby train is due to depart. On the run up to Woodside, the EE type 1 with the morning WCML parcels waits in the goods loop for access to platform 5 – just vacated by the DPU on the local parcels (which doesn’t appear in Hooton until 9.05, as it calls at all intermediate stations) and is waiting for it’s slot in the loops under Woodside. At Woodside the next departure is the 8.10 to Stanlow, so the DPU has to be on the move soon….

It continues like this for over another hour… then the fat controller finally gets a well deserved break (not so sure about well deserved, the FC hasn’t done much lately) – probably around Easter at this rate….. and despite linking it to the ballasting I’m thinking that the fencing around the terrace backs and small factory – and all the lighting –  really should be finished sooner rather than later…. Perhaps make that Easter 2019….!

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.  Great work as always. I hope you haven’t got a wind farm to worry about on your layout. Speaking about plans???  I haven’t go a plan either, I have nothing to be proud of either, just as well I don’t do “Pride” then. One thing I have is a skill to forget where I put something , another trait? of mine is not to finish one job at a time, but you don’t seem to have that problem. By the way do you have a winter timetable ( with snow?) or is everyday a sunny day in spring or summer?  Best wishes. Kevin

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hello Keith,

Always interesting to read the exploits with your layout - it's certainly coming along nicely - and getting time to run the trains. In my house, that could be a novelty!

Interesting to note your exploits with your camera and trying to get more of the scene in focus - always a problem when taking a close-up on a small subject such as in our hobby. I just don't really bother with all that, shutter speed/aperture - far too much faffing around for my liking! And as much as I like dabbling with computers and software.....is it really that necessary to get everything in focus? Personally, I think not.

I generally tend to use my smartphone for the photos, mostly 'cos is easier to use and produces a good sharp picture (where it's in focus!). My main problem is when the photos get uploaded to this site - will they be correctly orientated or sideways? Even after they've been put through the editing processes on the laptop (Win.10) to crop and resize them and save them back, I've no guarantee they'll upload correctly, even though they display on screen in Explorer correctly.

Anyway, enough of my issues. As I say, it's good to see Hooton with some traffic. Keep up the good work Keith.

Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin a Dave

First my apologies for the delay in responding – been a bit under the weather of late, and our first Christmas since we moved here without Fflo (Fflyff is now in total charge) was understandably a quiet affair.

 
Thanks Kevin for the positive comments – quite right, no windfarms on Woodside! You’re not alone, I constantly forget where I have left something …. even going as far as buying a replacement when I get desperate. Favourite trick now is to march purposefully into a room, including the loft, and then wonder why exactly I am there, used to happen once a week – now on occasions it can be several times each day, I think it’s known in the trade as senility. I’m currently using the Winter ’61 timetable ….  and as I recall ’63 was the first real snow we had had in Liverpool for many a long year – so I’m OK as is. In any case I have yet to have a go at modelling the green stuff, making do with green undercoat for now – I’ve got my static grass starter kit, it’s in a box under the layout, one day soon-ish I’ll have a go, but the white stuff is just a step too far.

Thanks Dave, as to me playing about with the camera, many, many moons ago I used to be quite into photography and with a mate of mine, we set up a darkroom at his house and used to produce all our own photos, so at some point I will get the hang of this manual mode – but as ever it will take time. I’ve been trying this landscape mode for some of the night shots, but it really needs a tripod for the seriously slow shutter speeds, but seems fine for daylight – so for now I too can continue in point-and-click mode. As to the focus lark, I just wish I could match what other folk produce, but I fear the dreaded computer raising it’s head, so I’m glad you’re not bothered – at least that’s two of us!  I’ve mentioned before that back in the day I was a real live nerd, more of a geek if truth be told, but that all ended when we decided to head off to Mull to try something different, and I’ve no desire to rekindle my computing career now. 



As for smartphones, don’t possess one – mainly cos we ain’t got a mobile signal here… last year British Gas (we don’t have gas here but they are our electricity suppliers – I really do have trouble with the logic in that statement) insisted visiting us to fit a smart meter…. they have ways of boosting the signal, I was assured…. engineer duly arrived, couldn’t find anything to boost…. took a photograph of his box of tricks showing no signal…. and left. At least we do have fibre broadband now, recently upgraded by BT to 76Mbs – which is luvly.

As to your photos problems, I have always used Firefox for uploading photos to the Forum, after editing them to size with W10, and I’ve had no problems, give it a go.

Anyway, a little progress on the layout to report in the next post.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

As mentioned, progress on the layout has continued, albeit at a snail’s pace, and as I hinted last time, I decided to get all the lighting finished in the small factory, houses – and added the signal box to the list.

But first, the final movement on the layout before the timetable stopped was the arrival in Hooton of the 8.08 train for Helsby. This particular roster has to be a two car DMU – works throughout the day between Woodside and Helsby – as at some point it has to share a storage loop under Woodside with a Paddington train…. just enough room for a DMU. The photo could be entitled “the sign of things to come”… or “move over, I’m the new kid on the block”.



The lighting would again be the usual grain of wheat bulbs, mixture of 3, 6 and 12V, in series as necessary for the 12V supply. As ever my wiring is to the highest standard, well it works, and that’s the main thing. These are the terrace backs.



For the platform of the small factory I couldn’t use the same arrangement as I did for the bridges between the main factory buildings – too difficult to remove for bulb replacement because of the depth of the canopy/building. So I tried putting lamps fed via a pipe on the wall on the platform, which takes the wires straight down to baseboard level for easy replacement – as ever the lights are a bit oversize, which doesn’t help (I’ve ordered some grain of rice bulbs now), and the overall thing is pretty duff – but given where they are on the layout, you can’t actually see the lamps, just a pipe on the wall…. It’ll do.



It took quite a while to complete all the wiring to connect the supply to the various buildings, but finally it is finished. One other point, while I was wiring up the terrace backs they were perched on a bit of free baseboard at Hooton… coming in to the loft one day I noticed this view of the layout…..



Hooton looks so much better with a background to it – so I’ll be Metcalfing again in the not too distant future, more terraces to order. Hooton is the only section of the layout which can be viewed from both sides, if you see what I mean, something I’d not really considered before.

Anyway with everything wired up – it doesn’t look too bad. As mentioned in the last post, a bit difficult to get a photo, but in daylight this is the view towards the goods shed.



… and one almost successful shot of the whole of the lit section at night.



Possibly a lot of faffing about and not much to show for it, but I do like to have some lighting in all the buildings. Incidentally the Metcalf curtains do show well in the lit windows, so I’m definitely a fan of them now.

Now it is the fencing, and then those terraces at Hooton, and then I can get the trains running again, not necessarily in that order.


…. and yes, I know, there’s all that ballasting still to do…. fear not, I’ll come up with some plausible excuse.

Grain of rice bulbs arrived – they are a better size, so will be the choice for future external lights and will replace existing gow bulbs as and when.

More soon-ish.
 
Keith

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Lovely, Keith.  :thumbs

You're getting some real atmosphere with that lighting.

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Can only agree totally with Max - super atmospheric lighting. And an unusual view of Hooton - gives some real perspective on the station.

Well done, Keith.

Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Max and Dave, I’ve always been a fan of getting as much lighting on the layout as possible, so I'm glad you approve.

The theory goes, well my theory goes …. If I have a model railway it should be possible to operate it at all times, including after dark – after all, the real thing manages to carry on when the sun goes down, so why not? Other photos already show that Woodside and Hooton stations lighting is almost complete – apart from the goods/coal yards at Hooton and the coach sidings at Woodside. As is 6C shed, roundhouse, coal and most of the yard. Marshalling yard at Birkenhead again is almost complete, just a couple of lights outside the goods shed… and the adjacent oil depot (which is still on one of my lists). Obviously all the low level sections are done – otherwise I'd be in trouble all the time. I don’t think I’ve taken any night pics at 6C yet, that will be easily rectified.

I’m quite keen on trying these lighting units for the coaches that are available now, also on one of my lists – I think there are some which are battery (button cell) driven which would do for me. That would certainly add something to a night shot at a station, or a train running down the mainline. Anyone with any info/experience of them please let me know. I couldn’t fit all the coaches, there are over 60 on the layout just now so costs would be….a bit on the high side, but it would be nice to have a couple of sets done.

Next job is to make a couple of my standard lamps using these newly acquired grain of rice bulbs. I want an outside light at either end of the goods shed at Hooton, and while it is off the layout, get it weathered… then there’s those new additional terraces at Hooton, finishing the coal yard.... oh eck, I'm making another list here!!…. and then I’m going to get back to running trains for a bit, I fancy that might happen a bit earlier, and the list will join all the other lists - wherever they are.


Keith

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Some great progress there Keith. The lights work well and I’m with you on the nighttime operating philosophy.
Rather than purchase off the shelf coach lighting which, as you rightly say, would get a tad expensive for 60 coaches, how about making your own?

I know that you can get strips of mini SMD LEDs super cheap on-line, we purchased a 5m string for under AUS $20 for our camper. The strings can be separated easily into suitable length and a button battery holder from an electronics shop (Maplins?) can be soldered to them. Our string had adhesive backing too. Add a resister to control the brightness level.

I reckon once you have the first one sorted the rest could just be churned out like sausages.

Oh, and go the static grass applicator on that cutting, it’s amazingly easy and you’ll wonder why it took you so long to give it a go. 

My modelling is on the back burner at the moment due to modifications to my sail canoe for summer sailing so I’m living my modelling through you guys.

All the best.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Marty

Many thanks for the info – I fear that I’m not quite as familiar with all this modern stuff as you think I am – to date the only experience I have with LEDs are a couple of my off-the-shelf colour light signals which are LED and the five LEDs I used on platform 5 at Woodside – found them a half decent imitation of gas lights. That involved use of one of those what I refer to as “a sausage thingy” on the positive side I think (a resistor –I’m getting the hang of this), other than that I’ve stuck to gow bulbs, and very recently I’ve advanced to grain of rice bulbs (more of that as soon as I’ve finished the goods shed). My expertise, if it can be described as that, was all gathered in the early ’60s – satisfied my requirements then, and so far is good enough for me now. I must have some Luddite genes.

I’ve found the CR2032 battery holder/battery on the Maplins site, but I’m struggling to find the strips of LEDs. I’ve also been thinking more about this – I’ll need some form of switch so I can switch them off during daylight hours and when in the sidings – which may need removing the roof each time. Possible solution would be to mount the battery under the coach – but that may well show. Other thoughts, possibly link sets of coaches, driven off one battery?
During my searching around, came across the Train-Tech offering, this has a motion sensor so the lights are on once the coach moves, and go out a few minutes after the coach stops. That is quite clever as it does away with need for a switch, but means that late on in Woodside, when stock is shunted into the correct platform, the lights will probably be out before the train departs, so not perfect, and as expected not cheap. The strips of lights they use are almost certainly the type you refer to, but there’s no sign of any mention of spares or longer strips on their site.
Needs more thought – but with a birthday due soon (that’s one of the advantages of being old – the birthdays seem to come around much quicker than they used to – anniversaries too, just had our 47th – oh eck, make that seriously old!). I may just get a couple of the Train-Tech kits and get them fitted – just to see if it is going to be worth the effort. I could get four, split one set, put half in each brake (always run five coach sets with a brake on each end for the Paddington trains (that’s one or two light on the original, but it’s a space problem))…. but then the switch comes into play for the half without the sensor. Definitely needs more thought.

I am determined to get on with the static grass soon-ish – would help bring Woodside nearer the standard of the majority of the layouts on the forum.  Of course it is so long since I bought the starter kit it will take me a while to find it.

A Sail Canoe – that’s a new one on me, never heard of that…. I tend to avoid the water – doesn’t agree with me, or more correctly I don’t agree with it. Best of luck with your mods, I’ll do my best to keep you in modelling mode.

Enjoy the sailing.

Keith
 

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Keith

If you're still looking for strips of LED lights for your coaching stock (and for other lighting situations) - and you're into Ebay buying - I saw one site listing various colours (cool white, warm white, yellow/amber, red, green, blue) in strips of 3, 6 or 9 small LEDs which can be fed straight from either 9 or 12 volts DC. Put in a search for "model scenery LED light strips
" - the 3528 mentioned in the body of the site page is the physical size of the LEDs, 5050s, on some sites, are slightly larger. The brightness of the LEDs can be varied by adding an extra resistor or lowering the applied voltage - very effective and they should last forever and run without generating any heat and take very minimal current.

You could even use the DCC track power (so long as you don't have too many lights on at once!) - assuming you run with DCC; not so effective if you use DC only as the power is only there when the train runs. You might be able to find some way of taking the power from the track on one of the wheel-sets via a small rectifier/smoothing circuit (and a resistor) to the LED strip fitted inside each coach. To be honest, I've no idea of the "how to" on this, but I've seen articles on the web giving details of it all.

I use nothing else other than LEDs for lighting. Not in coaching stock - not yet anyway. The day may come when I've nowt else to fill my time once the new layout is complete.

Dave
P.S. keep up the good work!

gastwo
Member


Joined: Sat Jul 30th, 2011
Location: Llechryd, Ceredigion, United Kingdom
Posts: 621
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Congratulations on pic of the week Keith. Well deserved!

Shaun.

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Nice PotW. Bravo Keith.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Many thanks for the posts, and apologies for the delay in replying – currently I’m only firing on one cylinder, and only occasionally at that, have been for the last five days – if things don’t improve soon I’ll have to call in the experts. Normal service will be resumed as soon as possible, at least that’s the idea I’m working on.  Just seen Pic of the Week, somewhat staggered, but I guess I must be doing something right - a better pick-me-up than all pills and potions!
I'd almost finished the goods shed outside lights, but major disaster with the Hooton up home signal during the final fitting, just as the lurgy was taking over. Currently on the workbench awaiting repair, as is the fat controller!

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, finally think I’m getting the better of whatever it was I had/probably still got – “there’s a lot of it about”, so I keep being told – so time to try to get back to the real world….

Thanks Shaun and Marty for the posts, it’s always a big surprise to me to see the layout on the home page, given the number of proper layouts on the forum.

Thanks Dave for the info on LED strips – I did check the web (never tried Ebay – you’re expecting a lot from a devout Luddite!) as you suggested and found several places flogging LED strips. I’m still not sure about how I can organise a switch in the system (it’s refreshing to see that I’m not the only one with no idea on this, there’s still hope for me!) – and with this birthday due next month I may well go mad and treat myself to four of the Traintech offerings, just to see what one Chester train looks like lit up. I notice that Hattons are selling them cheaper than Traintec…. If it doesn’t add much to a night shot, I may well just add this project to one of my lists for now. As to your suggestion that I might be running with DCC…. come on now, Dave…. me and DCC???!!!... my computing days belong to another era!

So for now the first job is to get the Hooton up home signal repaired and back in operation – that may take a few days/weeks. I have noticed of late that the link between my remaining grey cell and my fingers is not what it used to be, with my fingers not always understanding the commands from the grey cell, and as these Ratio signals are just a bit, actually quite a lot, on the fiddly side – weeks is not out of the question. I seem to remember when I first made this signal way back in 2013 it took me a couple of days just to get the link from the rocker arm lever to the small bracket arm right for smooth operation. I’ll need to pick the right time to get it back on the layout, fully operational!! I’ve stocked up on Ratio 476 (LMS Round Post) kits, some places aren’t selling them now, so that I’ve enough ready for the mammoth task of signalling Woodside Station… when I’ve got the odd six months free… Incidentally, the new kits have much posher instructions than the original ones –with actual photos and clearer diagrams…. but how you’re supposed to put a perfect U-bend at each end of the control wires, and then get it through the arm/lever without cracking said arm/lever is not explained. I make do with a simple 90 degree bend with some glue carefully applied to the end, works most of the time….

Before the break, I’d made up my standard lamps with the grain of rice bulbs ready to fit to the ends of the goods shed – definitely a lot better, size-wise, than the grain of wheat bulbs I’ve used before



... and while it was off the layout gave the goods shed the weathering treatment



…. looks better now, as I’ve mentioned before I hadn’t thought about weathering Metcalf kits when I first started this layout, the remainder of Hooton Station will eventually get the same treatment.
 

I’ve also found a couple of Eckon yard lamp kits in one of my many boxes, so I want to add one lamp in the yard at Hooton while I’m in lighting mode, so then that lamp and the new outside lamps can be on the same switch. Eventually there’ll be another lamp in the coal yard at the other end of the station. I do like these Eckon yard lamps – pity they don’t seem to be available these days….  Probably because of the way they are constructed wouldn’t work with LEDs, with the wide spacing between the wires, and not many folk haven’t swapped over to LEDs. I’ve also got a couple of the Train$ave lamps, which still use bulbs – found them in another box – they’re not bad, but the ladders need replacing with something a bit finer.

So, more soon-ish, very much depending on when I get this signal sorted.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Well, I did say it could be weeks… and sure enough it has taken me over two weeks to get the Hooton home back on the layout. Not going to report on all the ups and mostly downs, suffice to say that on several occasions the air was blue, as my fingers continued to misinterpret instructions from the grey cell – but, at last, it is back in working order. As with the Hooton bracket starter, a repaired signal doesn’t seem to operate as well as it did originally, so the home signal is fine…  if a little out of focus…



The shunt however is a bit, well quite a lot, limp to say the least, but given that on the current timetable it is only used eight times in the day – whereas the home is used nearly eighty times – my usual conclusion applies…. it’ll do.



Lights are now fitted at the ends of the goods shed…



… but I thought the obvious hole for the wires looked a bit iffy, and so I’ve added a cover – to give the impression of a ‘light fitting’… I think it looks better



So now I’m making up one of the Eckon  yard lamps and then I can get the goods shed back on the layout…. taking care to keep well clear of that signal… get all the lighting reconnected, and get this job finished.

While the Beast from the East was in control of our weather my latest order from Hattons spent an extra week in the post as we were beyond the reach of the postman – but now I have my Traintech light units, so once I’ve finished the goods shed lighting I may try them. Also in the order, the l/r terraces for Hooton which need to be built. There again they are all now in a box under the layout….  along with all those other boxes…. including the one with an 0-4-2 tank in it (sooner or more than likely, later)…. also if you compare these recent photos of the Hooton home signal with the one at Hooton after the Derby Lightweights arrived, you’ll see that nothing has moved for two and a half months…. so there’s also the small matter of getting the trains running again – which is what I’m supposed to be doing!

Unfortunately with Spring just around the corner the outside jobs list (which I'm supposed to get done before the summer, apparently) is starting to grow.... I'm hoping that the bad weather promised at the end of the week lasts until April, at least....

More soon

Keith

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Crikey Keith,
Sounds like you've had a rough time of the lurge! Hope you are getting your strength back. You'll need it to tackle the spring "list". 

I agree with using the cover plate on the shed wall to hide the hole. It looks spot on.

I'm installing 1:1 ballastrading into the approach steps to a new hotel here in Perth at the moment and we use a cover plate to hide the hole bored into the stone steps for the uprights.

The weathering looks good and I'm looking forward to some more night photos with your new lights..

Steady as she goes cobber.

Marty

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.     Blurry pictures aside? With the “Home Signal “  in clear which platform would the Driver be expected to proceed into? I admit that I have been faffing.about, and I haven’t considered any signals( apart from the fact that I have invisible  shunters running about on my Puzzle Plank ).  Best wishes. Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Marty

Thanks fot the comments – yes, after a couple of false starts, definitely on the mend now (he said with fingers firmly crossed).  At least the yard lamp is now in place…



So now it’s just a simple matter of connecting everything to a power supply. Not quite that simple, nothing ever is with me, spent most of yesterday afternoon sorting out which supply drives which lights on the layout – I’ll use the same supply already used for the rest of Hooton. Of course, if I’d kept a record of which supply drives which lights it would have been easy…… but that’s too much to hope for with yours truly. Completely out of character, I may go mad and stick some labels on the various transformers, before it all becomes a blur again.

I’m not too sure that you’re quite on my side with this Spring “list”…. I was hoping for something more like “stay indoors Keith until you’re absolutely sure you’re fit enough”… that would allow me to get these lights finished. There again, freezing temperatures and possibly more snow this weekend – oh goody!

Must admit when I first read your post I thought… Perth…. mmm…. don’t remember that station on the Newcastle Emlyn…. then the penny dropped…. See, I’m not fit enough yet!

Night photos soon.

Keith


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin

I’m no expert on signalling…. In fact I’m no expert, full stop.

When the home signal is off trains head for platform 2, the up main line. When the shunt bracket is off, it is platform 3. Platform 3 at Hooton (my version of Hooton) is virtually a bay platform. There is only one passenger train which uses 3, and then heads South, that’s a Hooton train in the evening, which waits at Hooton for twenty odd minutes before continuing on to Helsby. Other passenger trains in 3 are just two more Hooton relief trains from Woodside/Rock Ferry which return back North. Platform 3 is most used by the Local Parcels – which unloads there, and for shunting freight into the coal yard/goods depot. When I first started on this signalling, the Ratio kit referred to this signal as “Home with running line to loop signal”….which sums up exactly how I use it. I note that in the new kits it is now referred to “Home with shunt on bracket signal”…. which is sort of the same.

When I go back to 1956, the Hooton – West Kirby line was still open to passenger traffic….and I finally get my 0-4-2T and Autocoach onto the layout, I fancy that platform 3 will see more action.

Nothing wrong with faffing about – I do it all the time!

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.   Thank you. But that is me a complete “ fusspot “, I am certain that as soon as the sun is shining and you get out from under the clouds, you will be 100% .   Best wishes.  Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Goods shed lighting finished, so soon I’ll be running trains again, at last. Just before I finished, I looked at the floor…



…. so tidy and organised, just like my so-called workbench, it is amazing that anything ever works. Still some of those boxes came in handy as a temporary workbench.  On the right, note that I did at one time label the boxes with the contents detailed, worked fine until the post-it notes fell off.. and I’m not too sure if they ever went back on the correct boxes.

Back to the saga, first job was to get the goods shed back in position, and connect the wires. In order to protect the signal from another disaster I’d extended the wires so this time connections were made below the baseboard – why I didn’t do that first time around remains a mystery. The outside lights and the yard lamp are on a separate switch. Then it was time to try it, this is the view from the north end of Hooton station.



.. definitely enough light now for night operations, although I may need to dim down the inside lights in the goods shed a touch – it’ll do for now. A couple of close-up views of the goods shed, with one of the Drewry shunters acting as station/yard pilot.



… and the same shot with just the outside lights/yard lamp lit – still plenty of light.



6C didn’t get any Drewry shunters until ’63 as the steam shunters were withdrawn, but they did have all ten of the heavier Hudswell-Clarke version from ’59 or earlier – but with no model available, I make do with the Bachmann model.

More in the gallery, I’m not sure if all the effort (plus that signal) has been worthwhile – it’ll probably grow on me, I hope you think it has been worth the wait Marty. Now, time to get the trains running…. keep thinking though, would those photos would look better with some lit coaches passing through? May have to get those light units fitted soon… and there’s those Metcalfe kits for Hooton….  that 0-4-2T and autocoach…. the boundary fence for the marshalling yard and lots of other jobs…. including that list of outside jobs which somebody keeps mentioning. Perhaps it’ll be just a quick running session…

The above was written a couple of days ago, been busy clearing up the mess and track cleaning again since, neighbour Paul was here last night – so the trains did start running, however the fat controller missed an instruction in his neatly written (not) script, which meant a halt to proceedings as one train was out of place…. It is 08.10 on the layout, and after returning everything to the original position and restarting again this morning, and the fat controller paying closer attention to his script, there are now no less than eight trains (seven passenger and the local parcels) in the loops under Woodside… now in the correct running order, and ready to go again…. for me, this is what the layout is all about! There’s some not very good attempts to record the scene in the Gallery.

I suspect these light units will soon take over, “outside jobs” permitting…. I note on the Bachmann Mk 1 coaches there is a screw in the centre of the base – I assume this allows removal of the body – but nothing showing on the Hornby Hawksworth coaches, so I’ve no idea how to remove the roof/body – any info/advice please? I fancy trying the lights in the Hawsworth coaches purely because of the curtains, may look better?

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.  Your control panel really looks the part, highly detailed indeed . I am not certain what happened with the“Saga of the Goods shed” and how it prevented trains running .and the Bachmann MK 1 coaches and crew comment??? With me not “ having me head screwed on properly “ l misread a description and have recently landed m’self with a GWR saddle tank 0-6-0 ( in BR Black Livery) but I have decided to keep it rather than upset the apple cart. I shall have to think about a former GWR Goods yard/ dock setting setting for one of the planks. Which may become another pipe dream?     Best wishes. Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin

Apologies for the delay, you should be getting used to it by now…. I’ve been working outside, in the hope of earning some useful brownie points, on pergola renovation. At the moment, so I’m told, the plants are supporting the pergola – apparently the opposite should be the case.

Close-ups of the control panels, that’s only the marshalling yard panel in the photo, feature early in this thread – not so sure about looking the part, on one of my lists from years back is making the panels more presentable. As to the saga – it’s impossible for me to run trains and do other jobs (like the goods shed lights) simultaneously. Whatever job it is, any flat surfaces on the layout become an extension of my “workspace” – as you can see in recent jobs….. the l/r terrace fronts for behind the marshalling yard spent a lot of time outside Hooton (gave me the idea of more terraces at Hooton), the backs were across Woodside…. the goods shed, with outside lights fitted also ended up across the tracks at Woodside. Tools, in particular, always end up all over the layout. Trains can only run when everything is back in place – and not before!

I’m seeking advice on removing the roof of a Mk1 Bachmann coach, so I can fit the Traintech light units – not sure if your “crew” is a misread, or a misspelling. I’ve had a look at Utube, there are a couple of videos on fitting the Traintech units, both attack the coach body direct and just “unclip” the body from the chassis, looks a bit brutal – and I’m sure I may well do more harm than good, so perhaps the screw underneath isn’t the answer.  Both methods point out the necessity to cut back the compartment dividers so the light is more uniform throughout the coach. It’s beginning to look a bit more complicated than I first anticipated, and I would definitely appreciate hearing from anyone who has already used the Traintech units.

May reorder my jobs list, and get those boundary fences done first – I think that’s a straightforward job…. I’m better at straightforward jobs…. just so long as they remain straightforward!

I’m sure the GWR tank will turn out to be a good acquisition.

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Very moody lighting Keith. Excellent work - keep it up.

Dave

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.  Thank you for your reply.  As far as “ any flat surface becomes an extension to you workbench “ goes, you and me both, my four units , which I built ( much too heavy) should by now be clamped together with the track laid, but have become benches. I read a thread about “ second hand “ MK 1’ s being rejuvenated , but i’m certain your ones would be new, you may find some useful tips. In a thread of mine “ me about being unable to stand up for too long at a time when soldering , a bedside table was suggested , what a twit I am, there is one in the bedroom , maybe one would be useful for your tools???  Best wishes. Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave

Glad you approve of the lighting. I must admit that the goods shed lighting has grown on me somewhat since I finished it. Most of the lighting on the layout is now done – just the coal yard at Hooton, some extra yard lamps outside the main goods shed, some street lighting at Hooton, on the bridge over Woodside and the adjoining road, the coach sidings and the oil depot – perhaps “most” was the wrong word – as a few of these haven’t even made it onto one of my lists yet.
Things have come to a shuddering halt just now – on the way to check the PIR camera – our hogs are back – managed to miss the top path with my left foot and returned down the five concrete steps in what is best described as a-o-t, to land on the concrete floor. I can confirm that concrete is really quite hard, and the fat controller is now out of action for a while – at least that includes all gardening jobs too!

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin

These coaches seem to be becoming something of a major job, having to attack the compartment dividers – especially at the battery end of the lighting strip. Most of the examples I’ve seen on the web suggest it’s not that easy to get all compartment adequately illuminated. I’ll be taking my time with this.

A table? – good idea – except the area I’m looking at – between my 'workbench' and the loft access is just 5’ 6” long, 2’ 8” wide at the workbench end and just 1’ 6” wide at the loft access because of the main line section south from Birkenhead encroaching. I mentioned early on that that section can be removed for improved access to the loft, but then I’ve got to find somewhere to put it! So, no space for a table I’m afraid. Right at the start my main idea was to use as much of the loft as I could for the layout, never really thought about a workspace, that would have involved planning, and I don’t do planning….
 
Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.  Thank you for your reply. The type of table that I meant, was a lightweight , with a detachable leg ( a tee shaped leg with three wheels) . Easy enough to get through a small hatch, with help from a neighbour ?? The design of the leg would allow it to be “ stowed away under your layout “ . Best wishes. Kevin

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Sorry to hear of your mishap and the confrontation with the concrete steps. I would advise a spell of recuperation in the "train room" while you gather your strength again in readiness for when the weather improves (will it ever?) and getting back into the garden. Personally, it's not my thing either, but a man's gotta do what a man's gotta do - provided the wife says it! Or at least, make an attempt!!

Cheers and here's to a speedy recovery....
Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Things have almost returned to normal after my little mishap, apart from the wrist which may need a trip to the GP to sort it. Appreciate what you’re saying Kevin – but as I say, space is the problem, and thanks Dave, but with a duff right hand I’m not trying anything too delicate in the loft just yet. You’re quite right of course – we have to do as we are told, well within limits…. However, I can open boxes with either hand, so a couple of days ago I decided to find the boxes which contained the 0-4-2T and the autocoach. With them located, I fired up the Tardis and headed back to the early 50s to catch a glimpse of a West Kirby train arrival/departure at Hooton. Three pics here, more in the gallery.

Having arrived in platform 1, the train crosses over to platform 3 for the return trip to West Kirby



Looks nice in the station



…and after a suitable wait heads off back to West Kirkby



It is a really good model this, engine (needs renumbering to one of the 6C engines, 1417/1457) and coach, will look even better with some crew and possibly some passengers… but all that is on a list, of course.

At the moment I’ve only got a ’56 timetable, the last year of passenger services to West Kirby, and by then there was only one service from Hooton to West Kirby, rostered for the 0-4-2T and autocoach, each day – all other services operated from either Woodside or Rock Ferry – so I presume the tank returned either light engine or on a pick-up freight, with the autocoach in tow. As the goods services continued up to’62, I’m sure the tank will appear on the odd pick-up freight, when I run the’58 timetable – they were transferred away in ’58.

The tank runs very well, I did oil it as suggested in the instructions, I have read of some folk having problems – but I think that was more to do with the dreaded computery stuff.

So possible trip the GP if the wrist continues as is, see what tomorrow brings!

Keith

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,

I'm a sucker for auto-trains, so well done and the thought of the auto set with a horse box or milk van in tow sounds wonderfully nostalgic.

Sorry to hear of your continuing wrist issues. I broke my left one just over a year ago, having it pinned and only today managed to play guitar as bad as I ever could. Progress at last! Hopefully you'll be given good help and exercises, so good luck and you'll be playing like Clapton in no time.

Best,

Bill 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Bill

Yes, I’m with you and auto-trains, and I like the idea of the horse box/milk van, I’ve got them in a box somewhere. One of my fondest memories of my trainspotting days is a regular trip I did.… electric from Central (Low Level) to Rock Ferry, pick up a Chester train, occasionally a through to Shrewsbury… then on to Gobowen, and then the Collet 0-4-2T and autocoach for the two and a half mile run to Oswestry, totally fascinated when the engine was at the rear. In those days Oswestry was still a railway hub, with through services to Aberystwyth, Whitchurch and beyond. It was one of my possible choices for the layout, but in the end I went for Birkenhead as I reckoned I knew more about the operations there. 



On a visit to Oswestry works in summer ’61, it was in effect already closed, I found one of the W&L tanks stripped down (prior to returning to the reborn W&L) and the last Dukedog (9017) stored, which is also still active today – at the time I never thought it was a glimpse of what was to come!

Off to the GP tomorrow to discuss the X-ray, and hopefully get that help and exercises you mentioned… I thought the wrist was on the mend, so yesterday I decided to repair the worktop lighting in the kitchen (a vain effort to glean some much needed brownie points). By the time I’d finished, yes, the lights were working, but quite quickly I noticed that the wrist was most definitely not on the mend…. still the brownie points will come in handy.

As to me playing a guitar….. er…. no….I don’t think so, I still haven’t quite mastered the comb and paper…. I’ll settle for getting back in the loft, want to finish that fencing between the houses and the marshalling yard, and then the houses at Hooton… lots to do…

Cofion

Keith
 

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,
 
My earliest memories are from Liverpool, my everlasting spiritual home and any one of many vivid glimpses cannot fail to bring smiles to my face: meeting a favourite auntie on the bus, joyously discovering she’s a clippie; feeding centipedes to the frogs in grandad’s allotment greenhouse with the sounds of Walton Hill goods yard opposite; weekend ferry trips to New Brighton from Birkenhead with my postman grandad; taking the green electric train with the yellow whiskers back home after a day at Southport beach; walking past the breathing, hissing black monsters at Lime Street and being in awe of their simmering power .  .  .  .  and oh so many more 😊
 
You have similar and more detailed rail memories, which have shaped the way your railway has become and so it is with us all. Happy days, which fortunately live on forever. Thank you for sharing and encouraging this glimpse through time.
 
My move to Devon in 1959 and exploring the stations at Princetown and Tavistock inspired my current model railway preferences. I still have a hankering to model the tiny Dartmoor branch terminus with its diminutive turntable and my pal’s house, still there, behind the long gone station building.
 
I hope your GP visit goes well and the re-education, as it’s called here, goes even better, although it can take a while.
 
Stay safe, be well and above all, happy.
 
Best,

Bill

Last edited on Sun Nov 18th, 2018 12:52 am by Longchap

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Bill

Yes, I think a lot of modellers base their layouts on lines which had some significance in their earlier years.

Happy days indeed! Your mention of a trip to Southport… I rarely made it to Southport, we (some friends) always left the train earlier and headed for Ainsdale beach… and the sandhills…. to collect frogs and toads for our frog boxes in the back yards back home. I’ll never forget the time when one of the collecting boxes lost the lid on the train home… and there we were under all the seats rescuing our new friends…. much to the amusement of the majority of passengers. All were accounted for and lived happily ever after in their new surroundings. I reckon life was more ‘fun’ back then, in comparison to the lives of children nowadays, seemingly permanently attached to their phones, tablets and anything else with a screen and buttons they can press.

GP tells me the wrist will recover, but rather than measuring the time in the usual weeks, because of the bad arthritis (news to me) in the hand, it will be months – but at least I can use it… with care.....

Cofion

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, being on light duties, I’ve been trying some photos away from Hooton on the other sections which are at least or almost ballasted, I’m sure everybody must be getting a bit tired of Hooton Station.



This is the 8.00 relief Hooton to Rock Ferry, in the goods loop awaiting a space in the carriage sidings. I’ve mentioned before that this is the only way I can accommodate trains which terminate at Rock Ferry rather than Woodside. Only two carriages (one of the eight under Woodside recently) – the Standard 4 tank worked the relief to Hooton earlier. Next trip for this engine will be the 9.10 TC London Euston from Woodside – again two coaches, corridor this time, as far as Chester – where they’ll be tacked onto the Emerald Isle Express for the run to Euston. The tank will return to Birkenhead on a more mundane service. At 10.50 a second TC to Euston leaves Woodside – occasionally behind the engine which arrived earlier on the Ditton Junction – Woodside service. I’m assuming this used an Edge Hill engine, as originally it was a Lime Street – Woodside service…  and as this second Woodside – Euston service joins a Blackpool – Euston train in Crewe…  from Crewe there’d be plenty of ways of it getting back to Edge Hill. There was originally a Birkenhead – Lime Street service twice a day, which would have made things much simpler. When the Edge Hill engine isn’t used it heads back via Crewe on a freight or on an earlier Paddington service as far as Chester, then home via Frodsham. No idea if this is what actually happened… but at least it is plausible.

I’m rambling on now, my apologies, but this is really why I built the layout…. I suppose I could have just carried on reading/creating timetables all day…. but actually running a timetable is much more fun! Incidentally the gaps in the ballast on all three tracks marks the edge of the removable main line section to give better access to the loft – the opening is below the first three foot of this section.

Just a couple more


 
The 4F stands patiently in the marshalling yard with the pick-up freight, waiting for the rush hour to end – so that the freight services can start running again. Same goes for the oil empties bound for Ellesmere Port on the left which will be taken out by a G2 and the fish vans heading back to the east coast on the right with the O4. All freight is purely my imagination at work.

Finally the 2P, with the ex- GWR stock, is about to depart on a second run to Chester.



... sooner or later I'll get this focus sorted...  a few more in the gallery.

Now, time to think about doing some fencing and wall building, in the loft, thankfully, not the garden…. not just yet.

Keith
 
 

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

The layout is looking great!  :thumbs

Regarding your focus issues; here's some software that I use . . .

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-DYMsuHUTdM

Cheers

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Max
 
Thanks for that, pleased you think so! I still reckon the photos make the layout look better than it is, possibly because I’m avoiding all the unfinished (or hardly started in some cases) sections.
 
This focus business, thanks for the link, but I fear you’re expecting rather a lot of me and my Luddite leaning grey cell…. I’m assuming that all the photos have to be just about the same, save for the focus…. which means that the camera has to be in the same position…. and for me, that would be a problem. The photo of the Standard 4 tank in the goods loop was one of about eight attempts to actually get the engine and coaches in the shot…. I had to balance the camera on the ‘hill’ and just point and click in roughly the right direction, couldn’t actually see the screen, I was standing behind the backscene – the blue cardigan is a bit of a giveaway. I have now got the manual for my point-and-click camera downloaded, so one day (it is on a list) I’ll know how to change the focus, which will no doubt involve pressing a few buttons, but there’s still the problem of the camera remaining in the same position… and I won’t know if I’ve succeeded until I’ve checked the pictures. It may well work with just two photos (as in the video) one in Auto setting and one in Landscape, but just changing the mode while balanced on the hill…. and we’re back with the same problem . I don’t possess a tripod, be too big anyway on the ‘hill’, so I’m not really equipped for this am I?! Photos around Hooton station have a better chance of success - I could also give it a try for the Woodside Station shots, for now it'll have to go on a list, otherwise I'll never get this fencing started, never mind finished.

I must admit some of this software is a bit clever, perhaps too clever for me…
 
Of course I may have this all wrong… which is usually the case... if so please let me know.
 
Cofion
 
Keith

gdaysydney
Member


Joined: Mon Mar 28th, 2011
Location: Sydney, Australia
Posts: 1268
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,
Have just spent some time reading through the posts from page 1. What a great layout you have.
I love the way you have lit up the layout - the night photos are really impressive even though you claim to have issues with the focus :)
I have never thought of including natural wood in with the plaster - its really effective - I must give it try when I finally get around to the scenery on my layout.
best wishes

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave


Apologies for the usual delay – problems with our water supply following some work on the main locally, deliberations on changing car and the annoying link between good weather and the garden amongst other things have kept me busy. Many thanks, but I think ‘great’ is pushing it a bit, I must admit I look at the layouts on the forum and can’t help thinking I still have a long way to go just to catch up.

We’re fortunate here in having a handy forest close by, so I’m always on the lookout for odd bits of bark which have the look of potential ‘rocks’. The bits in the pics were actually collected from some logs we’d had delivered during my recovery period, long before I actually started the layout. Since then I’ve collected a few more ‘rocks’ from the forest, which will eventually find a place in the green parts of the layout. I just dry brush a little black and/or light grey and green over the bark depending on how dark it is, seems to work. Eventually some greenery growing on the rocks will further improve things. The rock face on the cutting down to the fiddle yard works quite well and gives a plausible reason for the sharp change of height needed for access to the main water tank below …..and just lately I’ve needed it!

Marty assures me that this static grass is dead easy, so I’ll be giving it a try soon – been on one of my lists for a couple of years at least, and in a box for even longer, so it’s about time I made the effort – and will be something new to add to the early 60s database I’ve been working with thus far. Before that though there are trains to run, I’ve still to do something with these coach lights, and there’s this fencing for the marshalling yard (and so yet another list starts) which I have been meaning to do ever since I finished the l/r terraces ….at least this is something I have actually started ….well I have attacked a Wills sheet ….and I am working to one of my super-detailed drawings of what I am hoping to produce.



I always keep any offcuts of Wills sheets, as I’m sure most folk do, the four bits from the collection are just the right height, and will be used for the piers I put at each join and ends of a wall ….but before any building starts in earnest I really will have to clear some space on my super tidy workbench…

…and as for issues …..I have issues with just about everything!

News of progress, when there is some….

Keith


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, some painfully slow progress with this wall and fencing to report, pain from a bad knee and slow being my usual speed.  A lot of time spent (best part of two days, I really should get these boxes labelled properly) searching through boxes for a Bachmann cycle shed I knew I’d bought some time ago.

Back to the wall and fence. I decided for the door into the yard I’d make it a single large door, big enough for a car/small van, with a smaller personnel door (don’t know if that’s the correct name) within the main door – used to see that a lot for smallish industrial sites. So using the same method as for the factory gates earlier I cut out the necessary bits.



Given where the wall is on the layout, this wall is just a single panel, so no detail on the back, the walls at the far end of this section, for the small factory, will be two panels thick as usual. The coping stones are just cut from remnants of Plasticard as are the door frames. All very straightforward.



I’ve used the Ratio Yard Office kit, and given it the usual weathering treatment. Must say building this with a splint on my right wrist was something of a challenge, particularly the gutters and drainpipes, but at least it doesn’t look too bad now.



Because the original card wall around the marshalling yard was done before the baseboard was actually fitted in position, it hasn’t had the weathering treatment, so the weathering on the new wall section where it meets the card wall isn’t as dark. Also the yard office will be positioned to hide the actual join.

This bike shed mentioned earlier, originally earmarked for 6C, is a bit average, but with the standard weathering, and now inside the goods yard, it’ll do. So the first wall section is now finished.



For the fencing I’ve used the Bachmann security fencing, originally for the oil depot – but as that is more in view than the back of the goods yard I’ll possibly get something more detailed for that. I did try painting the fence with silver, then weathering it – the idea was to give it that dirty galvanised look. Not sure it has actually worked, but I’ll have to carry on with the remainder as far as the small factory boundary wall.



One good point with the Bachmann fencing, you can cope with 90 degree turns by just drilling a couple of 0.4mm holes in the correct side of a post, and so maintain the layout of the fence



Given that the fence is right at the back of the layout I have to glue several sections of fence together first – it would be nigh on impossible to locate the tiny pins and holes in adjacent panels from a distance. However there is a tipping point when the number of fixed panels becomes a tad ‘unstable’ when trying to handle them at distance. I’ve got around this by drilling out the holes on the last panel with a 0.6mm drill, so it is easier to locate the pins of the next section – seems to work, but not a problem if you have easy access.

I think it does improve the look of the back of the layout, and will be better once there are a few bodies populating the area, and a few bikes in the shed. So more when the fence/wall is done – and then I’ll hopefully be running trains for a while.

Paul was up last week, so we did start the timetable. Spent most of the time trying to understand why all the down trains under Woodside appeared to be out of position… until the penny finally dropped when the fat controller realised that after a short session a couple of weeks ago, he’d forgotten to update the layout clock. In the end the timetable progressed by just one minute…..  that’s progress, Woodside style!

Keith

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

That all looks very convincing, Keith.  :thumbs

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Many thanks Max, if you think it looks very convincing – that’s good enough for me.



I put it down to my point and click camera, focussing problems and all. Something which looks fairly average on the workbench, put it on the layout, take a picture – and suddenly it seems better than average….  the wonders of modern technology – even I have to admit that it’s a big improvement on my old Brownie 127!!!!



At the moment things have slowed to a crawl, hence the even longer delay in responding, due to this spell of prolonged hot weather – at least the insulation and fans keep the loft at a reasonable temperature – but when it is this hot my grey cell tends to just switch off until normal weather resumes, thankfully that process appears to have started.


Fencing is now finished, just the small factory wall and gate to do now, and then I can get the trains running again for a while, and at least finish the morning rush hour, before I try this static grass…. unless I can come up with something else to do…. like finishing the ballasting of at least the track next to this new fence…. perhaps not…. or those coach lights…. I’ll think of something…. I’ve got plenty of lists….


Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith    I haven’t got a plan either, and I am getting nowhere fast, but your fence painting is far better than sitting on the fence. Keep up the good work. Best wishes. Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Kevin – I’ve always thought plans are very over-rated!

Last section to do was just the short wall at the end of the small factory, which needs to be double sided as it is visible (just) from both sides. The corner post which supports the door being at the back is again only single sided. Originally I was going to have the standard double gate arrangement, until I noticed the hoist/loading doors are at the far corner and an open gate would block access, so I settled for a double folding door. I suppose if I’d been thinking ahead when building the small factory I could have rearranged that wall to get the loading doors away from the corner…. but I don’t do thinking ahead when I’m busy doing stuff, the grey cell doesn’t do multi-tasking these days. Anyway wall and doors created. I’ve set the doors half open, eventually there will be a van arriving at the entrance, with a worker opening the gate.

4

And then with coping stones fitted and all weathered, perhaps a tad heavy



…and in position, with the fence attached to the other side.



And a view showing the fence and wall.



More in the gallery. So I’ve completed the boundary between Joe Public and the factory/marshalling yard, which is what I wanted to do, and also created a back entry for the terrace backs, or ‘back jigger’ as we Scousers used to call it back in the day. Our back jigger between two rows of terraced houses on adjacent roads was wide enough for the horse drawn bin cart to travel down collecting rubbish – I’ve not left that much space as at the back of the layout things get a bit compressed in front of the l/r buildings, but there again by the late fifties the horses had been replaced by more mechanical things – and they didn’t fit anyway.

I’ve yet to populate this area, which should improve the general look of things, and finish that ballasting, but for now it is time to run the trains. Unfortunately that bracket on the up home signal at Hooton is causing problems again, I think for now I’ll make do with a green flag, or just a wave from the signalman in the handily placed signal box, for the few trains which use platform 3…. and rather than faff about with the signal again I’ll just make a replacement. I’ve also been thinking again about signalling Woodside station (it happens about every six months), I really would like to see some signals at Woodside, and while it would be nice to match the original bracket signals mounted centrally at the end of each platform, covering both tracks, I’ve decided to just use single posts with home and shunt arms for each platform – much easier to make and make fully operational, w-i-t to a bank of Gem levers is the thinking at present, although that could, and probably will, change.

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith. Thank you. That is exactly what I want/ need to do with signals. And I even began a thread on “ No nonsense “ signals after a visit to “ Railex 2018 “ where one layout had wire in tube controlled upper quadrant signals .But I came away from the show without asking the Modeller about the origins of his signals.
Are you building your own signals??? In the past I Built OO colour light signals, but, the semaphores were restricted to O gauge. Keep up the good work. Kevin

Last edited on Wed Jun 20th, 2018 08:14 am by Passed Driver

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin 

Apologies for the delay, this weather is not to my liking… at least the fans in the loft are keeping things normal at Woodside.

As to signals, I am very envious of folk on the forum that order the bits from MSE and the like in order to build accurate examples for their layouts – I have neither the expertise nor the knowledge to do that, so I rely on Ratio signal kits. For me signals have to be on a layout, they have to look reasonably accurate and, most importantly, they have to work, so the Ratio kits fit the bill. I started with the down home and starter at Hooton with the simple Ratio 470 LMS Home signal, this comes with a lever and the bits to operate it by chord. I didn’t fancy that so I went for wit with a Peco point motor controlled by a toggle switch, and I’ve used that throughout. The other signals at Hooton needed more than the simple home signal, so I moved on to Ratio 476 LMS signals, and used that kit(s) for the up/down advanced starter, and the bracket up starter and bracket up home, finally the down starter for platform 2 (which is also used for platform 3). Must admit that even these Ratio signals are getting to be a bit fiddly now – and with a splint on my wrist impossible, hence the delay in tackling the up home at Hooton. I’ve used colour light signals for the main line up to Birkenhead, these are either Eckon, Traintech or Absolute Aspects, still a few of them in a box somewhere yet to be added to complete that section. I’ve also used a couple of the Dapol LMS signals on the fiddle yard approach – I do like the light! – and have a couple more in yet another box somewhere for the goods yard and advanced starter at Woodside. For me the red of the signal arm is too dark, and the white band a little narrow, easily sorted with a repaint. Wish they’d produce a double arm model. I have used Peco levers for the Dapol signals – mainly because I was thinking of using the Dapol signals at Woodside, so then I could have had the Peco levers in a frame with the Gem point levers, however clearances under Woodside and the lack of a shunt signal scuppered that idea. I could rabbit on about signals all day …

Prior to getting the trains running again I’ve had my trusty Dapol Track Cleaner out doing the rounds – amazing the amount of stuff it picks up – so once this current heatwave is over I’ll be able to start running trains for a while…. That Hooton relief has been in the goods loop nigh on eight weeks!

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.   Thank you for your reply. I must have missed that about your wrist being in a splint. That is a Right PITA with all the work that has gone into your Railway . Back in 2010 I had a tumble on my former allotment ,and fractured my left ulna, and was wearing a plaster cast.   Get well soon. Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I note on my last post, 25th June, I reported “so once this current heatwave is over I’ll be able to start running trains for a while”….mmmm…. didn’t think it was going to last quite this long! In the loft the big problem for me is the thick stone walls, once they have been really heated through they remain warm for long time, what I refer to as the storage heater effect. It has been a real test for the fans in the loft, and while they have managed to keep the temperature reasonable-ish even during a 13 day spell of temperatures over 30 degrees, topping out at 36.4, I don’t think they could cope with the additional heat/hot air generated by the fat controller and his bank of transformers. So, the trains haven’t been running, and with the fans running for the majority of the day – no doubt churning up any dust in the loft – I’ll need to get the trusty Dapol track cleaner back in service, yet again, before they can. I suspect I am not alone in this with other loft, and shed based layouts, suffering a similar fate in all this heat. Our garden workshop, in wood and complete with a slate roof, is insulated with 2” polystyrene – and that has remained cool throughout…. a bit late now to think about using it in the loft!

Spotted a bargain on the Rails site a fortnight ago, and I now have another Fairburn tank on the fleet - £60.45 off list price. The price demonstrates just how much things have increased – 10 years back when I first started buying stock for the new project, my first Fairburn cost just £54 from Hattons. I’ve been looking to add another tank for a while, but current prices have been the problem. During the last full run through the timetable all but one tank engine was called into service at some time during the day, at least now there will be two spending the day on shed, a bit more realistic.

Anyway, the new arrival is seen in the goods yard, just waiting for the weather to relent so running-in can start.



One day when I went up to check on the fans the sunlight (curtains just open to improve air flow) was just catching the main line, looked quite different, and really bought the layout to life… so I tried a photo, my p&c camera didn’t really capture the effect –  as you can see from my attempts, in the Gallery.

After some rain (remember that stuff?) and reasonable temperatures for a change last Friday, and again yesterday, the forecast for next week is promising more of the same excessive heat…. this weather has got to end soon, hasn’t it?..... I’ve got a railway to run!!

Kevin, splint is mostly off the wrist now thanks, been testing the wrist by making a new side gate for the garden, which I am told I was due to do a couple of years ago....

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.    Nice to hear from you, with all that heat how are you getting on with “ Rail Expansion”? or have you got plenty of Expansion Gaps Built in? Good to know the Dapol have a product , track cleaner, that works. With so much said by Rivet Counters about their failings on “ Horse Boxes “. Best wishes. Kevin

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, another month and still no trains running. Must admit though I didn’t fancy spending a day with the Dapol, when there were still hints that the hot weather could be back again…. so I completed and fitted the new garden gate, and pocketed lots of Brownie points in the process, which will come in handy later in the year!  I have also been thinking (always means more lists and/or causes problems) about the operational side of things on the layout. At the moment the morning rush hour is coming to an end, and so it will soon be time to get some freight running again. In the yard at Birkenhead there are three trains already to go – the pick-up freight, oil shuttle to Ellesmere Port and the fish empties back to the East coast. So first job after the rush will be to get some freight ready in the fiddle yard to fill the soon-to-be empty sidings at Birkenhead. In the fiddle yard all freight is stored at the South end – behind my so-called workbench…. which does make arranging things a little difficult. The lead on the remote controller for the fiddle yard easily stretches so I can sit in front of the South end of the yard to control things, but the switches for the points are all on the main Fiddle Yard panel, opposite the North end. This means marshalling freight involves constant scrabbling under the main line between the panel and the stock to change the points as and when required …which means sorting a freight can take quite a while. So I’ve decided to duplicate the point switches for the South end on a small panel in front of the South end, which will make life a lot easier. My original idea was that it should be possible to work from the main panel as the South end can be seen from there, albeit at a fairly wide angle – but I found it was very difficult to judge when the couplings between wagons are exactly on the uncoupling ramps… and ended up scrabbling under the main line again. Anyway, switches ordered and should only take an afternoon to sort out when they arrive, it is a simple job….. at least it should be, there again I know what usually happens when I start a simple job…..

The new Heljan Churchward 47XX has been on my shopping list for some time, (must admit I hadn’t heard the name “Night Owl” before) as I used to see one of the class regularly on 6C on my weekend visits. Worked up on a freight from Old Oak on the Friday I think, returning south on the Monday morning. Also one of the class, 4704, was actually a Birkenhead engine for the first three years after Nationalisation, not that I’ll ever turn the clock back quite that far, but it does show the connection between these relatively rare engines and Birkenhead.  Anyway I received notification from Hattons a few weeks back…. and I have to say that I’ve postponed buying one for now. I am a fully time-served trainspotter/anorak from the late 50s/early 60s, and the first thing I look at on an engine is the number – and, for me, Heljan have got that all wrong on this model. It is very obvious that the numerals on the cab plate are too small, but for me, the whole plate looks a tad small too, and it spoils the overall look of this imposing engine. Given that the plate is part of the cab moulding replacing the whole thing with a new plate will be a job that I’m not sure I have the skills to undertake. Can’t understand it in this age of computer generated models how such things can happen. Additionally, I’m not that keen on the smoke box stays which could have been replicated more accurately. There are also some comments in the Press and on the web about the build quality, which is a real surprise to me for a Heljan product, and even the size of the smokebox numbers is apparently another problem. If you can look beyond these problems, it does indeed look to be an impressive model, with an impressive list price – the same as you would pay for a Beyer-Garratt in 2014. For now I may well stick with the Hornby 28XX I already have. In a box somewhere I have the brass plates, and shed plate, which will make it a Machynlleth engine. Perhaps in a year or so the Churchwards will follow many of the new models lately and be offered at a lower price, one way or another I’m sure one will eventually end up on Woodside shed.

Enough of that,  once these switches arrive, and the new panel is complete, and providing the hot weather doesn’t make an unwelcome return, I can get the Dapol going, and eventually after a very long delay, the trains will start running again, for a while at least. I’m now quite keen on getting the terraces done behind Hooton station, and generally getting the area around Hooton to look a bit more like a finished layout…..

Keith
 

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Like you I have been tempted by Heljan's 47xx but put off by the price and the reports about poor packaging and bits falling off in transit. Its a long way to send things back from here!

On the plus side I understand that the bits can be put back and that, unlike Oxford's Dean goods, it is an excellent runner.

4704 (the "Birkenhead" loco) is available in GWR shirt button livery. That wont work for you and I rather suspect it would have been re liveried by 1947-8.........would you agree?   In which case I would get the G crest W version and renumber it to 4704. I get the impression that the embossed plates are not raised up too much and it is possible to rub them down a bit. The Dean plates are embossed but new plates fit over quite nicely.....I had to renumber mine because the supplied number didnt come back from Dunkirk!

The big decision with the 47xx is... do I gamble on the price coming down?  Rails have sold out but Hattons still have more than 10.............decisions decisions

Good luck with your point wiring

Best wishes

John


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

Yes, videos of a 47XX do show that it is an excellent runner, partly down to the weight, which is a big plus for me. As to the Birkenhead engine, I’m sure 4704 would have been re-liveried while it was at 6C, but don’t forget I won’t be going back that far, earliest timetable I have is ’55, which will allow me to run passenger trains for the West Kirby branch, my 0-4-2T, and a yet to be acquired Pannier tank. By 58/9 when I was making my regular visits to 6C five of the 47XX were at Old Oak – certainly the ones that visited 6C were all from Old Oak, the other three were  a couple at St Philips Marsh and one at Laira, eventually I think they all ended in London, if only to be withdrawn. I’m pushing my grey cell to the limit now, but I seem to remember that the majority, probably not all, of the engines I saw on 6C were black livery. 6C on a Sunday morning was a pretty dark place, so not always easy to see what livery – but I’m sure if one of the green liveried examples was on shed I’d have noticed, but it was a long, long time ago. Occasionally I’d see a Hall on a Sunday, presumably when a 47XX wasn’t available from Old Oak. So if a 47XX does appear at Woodside in the future, still not sure, it will be a black version. The cab plates seem to be quite proud of the cab in the photos I’ve seen, which is why I’m not sure about attempting to replace them. I meant to ask when you were fitting the plates on your 0-4-2T, which supplier do you use? I ask because they seem to fit better than most – although that’s probably more down to the fitter.

Switches have arrived, so no excuses for not getting this panel sorted.

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
I used Modelmasters for the 14xx......I seem to recall it was a bit of a fiddle to ensure the recessed original was covered....one of those occasions when patience is a virtue!

Cheers

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

Apologies for the delayed response, but I have been laid low this last couple of weeks with a bad toothache which turned out to be a rather nasty gum infection. As a result mealtimes have been both difficult and messy, down to the inability to open my mouth properly. Still the array of pills provided by the GP seem to be doing the trick, albeit very slowly, and hopefully things will be back to normal after the weekend – when the current supply has been used, off to the doc again tomorrow just to see if he agrees.

From what you say it sounds like it is down to the fitter and/or patience level of the fitter for the plates on the 0-4-2T, so I’ll need to pick a day when I’m in a really good mood!  I’ve used Modelmaster Jackson Evans (I assume that’s what you meant) before, for the 28XX plates, new plates for the Patriot and Jubilee and all my 6C/6A and other shedplates – none of which have been fitted as yet, but they are in a box and on a list somewhere. I had a look on the website and they also have the 47XX in black or red, so as there was an offer on for the Bank Holiday weekend I ordered the plates for the 0-4-2T, and 47XX. I now have to decide if it is time to buy or not to buy the 47XX…. Have you decided yet?

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
Sorry to hear about your tooth ache......I had similar problems last year so I can sympathise. Hope itsall sorted now.

If you have ordered the plates for a 47xx it sounds as though you have made your mind up! Me? I am still vacillating......I really need to set space and funds apart for one or more Dapol Moguls. From what I can tell of Croes Newyd shed allocations I have too many 4-6-0s and not enough work horses.

I have been meaning to ask you this for some time......do you know if Halls and Granges took passenger trains into Woodside or where they changed at Chester ....in which case what locos completed the journey.....I read somewhere in BR days it was  Fairburn tanks took over from Castles at Chester.

Best wishes

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

Thanks – but now I’m being sent  back to the dentist next week… feel like I’m the ball in a game of ping-pong…. never fear, I’ll beat the system… I’ve booked another appointment with the GP immediately after the dentist this time, just in case!

You’re assuming that there’s some sort of logic to my thinking…. my grey cell doesn’t do logic any more. Just because I’ve bought the plates (at a discount price, mind) doesn’t necessarily mean I’ll then buy the loco – I’m still undecided, although I am now leaning towards a green version, given that the majority of locos on the layout are black…. at least that was my thinking yesterday. There doesn’t appear to be a lot of 47XX available just now – which is why I’ve been thinking again. Not sure if Heljan are only releasing them, or the dealers are only taking them, in smaller numbers this time, or if it is just a relatively short production run – after their experiences with the recent O2, which still seems to be available in reasonable numbers.

As to your query, all Paddington – Woodside trains had to reverse at Chester, so the WR engine came off and was usually replaced with a 2-6-4T. There were two bay platforms at the northern end of Chester General, so the train would arrive in one bay with the new engine usually waiting in the other, made for a relatively quick change. I can only remember seeing a Castle in the other bay when I travelled down the GWR route (usually on a Paddington bound train), and at that time the run to/from Woodside was almost always behind a 2-6-4T. Birkenhead and Chester sheds had a good selection of 2-6-4Ts – most popular at 6C were the 2 cylinder Stanier variety, with a few Fairburns, and rarely a Fowler, Standard 4 tanks were also used for a short time. In the final years of the through service to Paddington all manner of motive power was seen – I’ve seen photos of Standard 4(2-6-0), the few remaining Crabs and even an EE type 4 (class 40 if you prefer). But the early 60s – which is what I’m running just now, and was the period when I was a regular visitor to 6C, it was mostly Stanier tanks and Castles. I fear I’m rambling now… so I’ll close, but if you have any other queries I can continue rambling ad infinitum!

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
Sorry to hear that the dental issues are not sorted. I know from last year just how frustrating (and in my case expensive) it is to be constantly visiting the dentist.

Thank you so much for the info about the loco exchange at Chester. You are a veritable mine of information about the area I sort of model Have you any idea what happened before nationalisation? The Chester - Birkenhead line was a joint LMS/GWR line.......so would Stanier tanks have been used then or would it have been GWR large prairies? I do apologise for dragging your thread off topic.....happy to continue the discussion on Granby if you prefer

Cheers

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

No problem!... drag all you like, after all we’re still talking about the line which I am trying to reproduce. Must admit my knowledge pre Nationalisation is a bit thin, but pre 1948 the two sheds at Birkenhead obviously ran their own engines. The GWR shed had an allocation of 41XX tanks, and so I would assume they could have been used to/from Chester on the Paddington trains – which still did call in Chester, other than that things would have been as they were in my time. Incidentally, pre Nationalisation Birkenhead also had an allocation of Granges which were used mainly on freight duties (which would pass through Granby…). Three Granges remained at 6C until 1958 (6841/59/78), they had moved on before I made my first visit unfortunately.  6E Chester (West) had a few Halls/Modified Halls for a while as well.

One other point, I think I’ve mentioned earlier in this thread about the through services to Bournemouth which ran until the end of the summer timetable ’61 – and which resulted in the odd green coach appearing at Woodside during the peak holiday season. I’m currently running the following Winter timetable – didn’t have the Summer timetable at the time I started, but I have a copy now, so once I’ve had a second run through the Winter ’61, I’ll be getting my green coach ready.  Prior to Nationalisation that service was, I think, jointly run by GWR and L&SW – so may be scope for L&SW locos/stock passing through Granby??!…. I’m rambling again, doesn’t take much to set me off!

Dentist and docs tomorrow…. Hey ho.

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Keith

That is really very helpful. I suspect I should re allocate my loco budget and buy a large prairie from Dapol.........and thats in addition to the must have Mogul (s?)

I dont know about you but when I look at the locos I own and compare them with the 1947 allocations at either Croes Newyd or Chester there is a definite imbalance......too many 4-6-0s and not enough work horses.

Thanks for the info about the Grange........I have two and they are brilliant locos.....super reliable and great haulage......not your numbers I am afraid. The original Hardwick Grange which was at Camarthen and Brockton Grange at Tyseley which is a bit more credibile

Thanks again for your help

John

ps Please dont tempt me with SR Locos........I do have a couple of Southern coaches but I guess I should really have a complete rake?


Last edited on Tue Sep 11th, 2018 05:26 am by John Dew

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

Glad I could be of some use. Apologies once again for the delayed response, but work on the railway is on hold, again. Fflyff, nineteen last May, the surviving half of our demon duo has been having a bad time of late – lots of trips to the vet for various jabs, tests, pills – she’s had good days and bad days in equal measure. All this has meant the re-opening of the cat ICU, so everything else has had to take a back seat – all a question of priorities. We know we haven’t got Fflyff for much longer now, but while she is with us, she will continue to be our top priority, as mentioned before we are totally daft when it comes to our, now singular, cat. To add to my concerns the dentist tells me it was an abscess  that was causing all the problems and now wants to divest me of a tooth –  I’m not too keen on that idea, just now all is well, so perhaps I’ll leave it for a while….

The locos on Woodside – yes, I did exactly the same thing! I knew that there would be lots of freight, so not having checked the passenger timetable (that would have involved planning) to see what capacity I would have for freight – to be fair I didn’t even know if I could run the passenger timetable – early on, with only the fiddle yard track laid, and the main part of the layout not even considered, I set about buying freight engines….8F, 9F, G2, class 5, WD, Crab, O4 (for ER freight) ….whenever I saw  one on offer at a dealer. This was at the time when prices were far more reasonable (‘big’ engines around £85 tops, now you can’t buy a Jinty for that!) and the dealers had far more flexibility on pricing. When I finally got around to trying to run the timetable I quickly realised that what I should have been getting of course was more 2-6-4 tanks. Anyway the fleet is now more balanced, but most of the larger engines spend their time back in the box, or at the back of the shed. I also have a few Pacifics, which can appear… ostensibly on runs out from Crewe Works following a full overhaul …. That doesn’t quite work for the A4, just had to have an A4, but I do recall on Grand National day the odd special did appear in Woodside, so that’ll do…. if all else fails, some other sort of railfans’ special,  imagination is a wonderful thing!

As to the 47XX, been leaning towards a black one again as expected, but can’t find any available…  doesn’t appear to be a UK Heljan website – but checking the Danish site, the full range is still listed.  I’ll hang on for a while, I’ll probably be back to a green one in a few weeks…. and they are still available.

…and your PS, I think a complete rake now and a SR engine added to your wish list, at the least!

Cofion
Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
Sorry to hear about Fflyff. Not a fun time. We have a similar issue to face with our 12 year old Wheeton Terrier.......he has good days and then others when he just lies in his bed.....the worry of course is if he is in pain.....you can never really know. All we can do is to make their last few months comfortable and give them lots of love.

Hope the tooth continues to be quiet....I lost two in Belfast many many years ago due to an abscess....again not fun.

I keep checking Hattons stock of 47xx.....once the stock goes below 10 I guess it will be decision time. Its surprising that the black should have sold out,its usually the other way.

You must stop tempting me with the SR! Did their locos actually get to Woodside.....I assumed the locos changed at Banbury or Oxford

Best wishes

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

Apologies again for the even longer delay, but I have yet another excuse, if not several….

 Yes, couldn’t agree more, domestic animals aren’t just pets, they are members of the family – and as such must be treated in exactly the same way as any other family members. Hopefully there’ll be plenty more good days for your 12 year old. Here, it never ceases to amaze me how one small elderly cat can arrange things so that two relatively intelligent humans are perfectly happy to run around all day in order to satisfy her every request, while she sits on her chair expectantly.

I think the black 47xx has sold out probably as it is the only black model in the range, and was in the first batch that arrived earlier in the year. Hattons did get a second hand one recently, but by the time I’d checked my e-mails it had already been sold. Makes me wonder if Heljan might make more available at some point, given they are still listed on the Danish site. I’ve never tried buying something directly from a non UK site before, that’s the Luddite in me, but I may yet be tempted – obviously not a problem for you.

I’ve no info on SR locos I’m afraid, but I would think that you are right about the change south of Birmingham, however if one did venture further north than Banbury/Oxford, it would have come off at Chester anyway …..  the coaches would have continued on to Woodside of course – just as the odd green coach appeared in Woodside in my era. Any freight services would have continued on to Birkenhead, so a SR loco on shed is a possibility, albeit a very very slim one. So for Granby you’ll still need that rake of coaches, at least!.... and with a rake of coaches it’s sensible to have a suitable loco, promise that’s the last time I’ll mention it!

+++++++++++++++

Meanwhile….

Time in the loft has still been something of a premium commodity here, thankfully Fflyff is no longer the main problem, the good days are outnumbering the bad days just now….. I was hoping to get back in the loft five weeks or so ago, but a recurring back problem, from our time on Mull, decided to make a most unwelcome appearance – happens every few years, just to let me know it hasn’t gone away, lasts for up to a month, and always at the WRONG time – makes the loft ladder a challenge just a bit too far. I had wanted  to get this extra fiddle yard panel done and I’d  just realised I’ll need another cradle to hold the remote controller when I’m using it at the North end of the yard – none of this was a problem, getting into the loft was the problem. At least the dental problems have gone away.

A couple of weeks later with the back sort of improved I DID eventually make it into the loft and I did get the new cradle made and fitted, then it was time for another of those ‘buts’ to make an unwelcome appearance. This time in the form of a high temperature and a very swollen knee – doc explained a serious case of housemaid’s knee! … probably due to constant kneeling on stone when sorting out the ’hogs. So then there was no kneeling until the pills did their bit… which left working in the loft out of bounds. So progress was halted yet again, a fortnight later and I made my first tentative trip to the loft, complete with recently acquired knee pads, just to review what I had to do to get this panel finished, and finally last week I was properly back in the loft, and I’ve just finished the panel!



OK, it’s not what many of you would think of as a panel, nothing high tech, not much of a panel really, but it does give me the ability to work on the North end of the fiddle yard without the constant diving under the mainline to change a point.



I must admit that this panel was a tad fiddly to do to say the least – originally I was going to connect the new switches direct to the point motors – but then I thought it would be neater (and it was) to piggy back the new switches onto the original switches – all the wires following the same run, not adding to chaos under the fiddle yard itself. The only problem with this…. the fiddle yard was the first section built (obviously – and equally obviously the lowest section on the layout), way back in 2010, so as far as the wiring was concerned I’d just carried on from where I left off in the early 60s – back then my wiring was well, seriously untidy – even by today’s very low standard. So with the original switches at the top of the panel, and lots more switches below them it meant working through a maze of other wires just to access the point switches…. all this with restricted headroom, a duff knee and a still iffy back… the language was…. colourful!
 
If you compare this panel to the fiddle yard panel (at the start of this epic, post 1) you will see that I haven’t bothered with the two crossovers between 10 and 11 and 12 and 13. I had put them in originally as I thought it would be useful for the yard pilot running around stock, but once I started running the layout I soon realised it was easier to have two pilots in the fiddle yard – and so the crossovers became redundant. I just use standard Peco uncouplers in the fiddle yard – originally I had them at the start of each siding and again a loco length from the end of the siding. I thought that trains could arrive in any of the nine sidings off the up line. That did give me some problems as the ‘loco’ uncoupler tended to pick off the last coach when a train left the siding. It turned out to be far easier to arrive everything into road 9 (only short), where the engine could be uncoupled, then with the pilot attached the stock could be moved to any other siding – and the loco could either go straight to the ‘shed’, for turning, at the end of it’s roster, or straight back onto the same stock if it was a tank on a Birkenhead – Chester roster. Just to ensure the uncoupler at the head of the siding doesn’t lose the odd coach trains do tend to depart at high speed just to clear the siding… well out of sight of any spectators!

One good point, I can now continue the backscene on the mainline down to the tunnel mouths, as I no longer need to be able to ’see’ that end of the fiddle yard from the main fiddle yard panel.So now I can finally get the Dapol out and start clearing the track of dust, the occasional dead body of the insect variety and cobwebs… and then, at last, the trains will be running. Given that the rush hour is coming to an end, the new panel will immediately come in very handy as I marshal the freights which can then make an appearance.

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Good to hear you appear to be up and running with getting access to your loft area once again. Getting a few years under our belts ain't all fun! But we struggle on. At least I don't need a loft ladder to get into our spare room (it's a bungalow, so not even stairs to get in my way!), but the drawback then is the lack of usable space to use for a layout. And don't mention the garage I could possibly have used - it's more of a junk storage area almost totally full of, err, junk. Really must get it sorted out sometime before someone else "has" to do it for me.

My layout is nothing like the size (or complexity) of yours. I've been revisiting your earliest pages and am amazed at the size and extent of Hooton, B/Woodside and associated lines. You've certainly done a good job on a layout of that size. A credit to you, Keith.

I'm glad it's not just me that always seems to have an after-thought (or two) with certain aspects of the layout. Like yourself, mine seems to be with the mimic panel(s) and once they've been built and allowed to be operated, you find the need to add this switch or that LED. I now find I'm wanting to add a lighting section so that certain areas can be lit while leaving others in darkness. A second panel for this will become a requirement shortly.

I thought I came up with a nice mimic panel design that slides in under the layout when not required. This was all well and good, but trying to add something onto it as an afterthought is a bit of a no-go what with the existing myriad of wires and the existing switches and LEDs. So, like you, it all comes down to adding a supplementary panel to house certain controls for 'other' parts of the layout.

Like you say, our furry friends aren't simply pets. They are part of the family - and don't they know it! It's been a while since we had to say goodbye to our dog and, despite our more 'regular' family members would wish us to have another, the pain of losing our Ben is still a bit raw. So this aspect of the family is still on the back-burner for the time being. Maybe one day there'll be another lodger to take up membership of the family. We'll see. In the meanwhile, take care of Fflyff - certainly a loved family member.

Anyway Keith, good to hear you're back and on the mend. You take it easy and don't push that back of yours. It takes time to get back to normal. I bent my knee out of position some years ago (acting the fool at the time! as you do) and it still gives me grief every now and again.

Cheers for now and keep up the good work.

Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave
 
Many thanks for all the positive comments – much appreciated – I must be doing something right. If I can get somewhere near your standard when I finally start finishing off the scenic bits I’ll be a happy bunny. Yes, just lately struggle has been the operative word around here, but things are definitely on the up – another week and the back should be good for a couple of years, and I’ve developed a one-knee kneeling technique which seems to be working. Incidentally on the subject of scenery, when I mentioned a rubella bush, I was told…we’ve got one, in front of the larches! Unfortunately the combination of the beast from the East, followed by that ridiculously hot summer, proved to be too much for our rubella bush, and so I’m sticking with the buddleia heads for now.

Yes, I think most of us have these ideas, just to improve something a bit, mostly mine go on to one of my infamous lists, but occasionally, like this panel, the obvious advantages operationally meant it went on a “really must do it soon” list. I take heart that these never ending after-thoughts/ideas are a good sign that the grey cell is still functional – I reckon I’ll really start to worry when the ideas stop! I think it is a good idea to split up lighting into obvious ‘sections’ – stations/houses /shops/street lights will all have different ‘lighting up’ times/duration during a 24-hour period – some parts like fiddle yards/storage sidings may well need full time lighting – I’m sure you can sort out the software to arrange that, I, as you well know, just rely on lots of switches and a seemingly infinite supply of wire.

Yes, Fflyff has rather taken over our lives for now, as did dear Fflo eighteen months ago, which is as it should be for an elderly member of the family. We know that we won’t have Fflyff for that much longer now, but while she is here she will want for nothing. Not sure what will happen in the future, we’re of an age when another cat(s) could well outlive us, and that is a real concern.

Must admit I’m envious of your lack of stairs – we keep thinking about a bungalow, but finding one with a spare room of similar size to our loft, and with a sensible price-tag, in the right location is a real problem. Like you I don’t fancy a garage.

One point I omitted to mention with this new panel – as I’ve called it a Ground Frame (in the real world I think it would be), I needed something to link it to the main “Box” (in this case the Fiddle Yard panel) – so that the main Box has overall control. So I broke into the main power feed to the new panel with a simple SPST switch mounted on the main panel. The Ground Frame is only active when the main Box gives authorisation – which I think is how it should be.


 
Now, I’ve decided it really is finally time to think about firing up the Dapol!

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
 Good to hear from you

Glad Fflyff is having more good days than bad. Long may it continue. Happily Hunter (not our choice of name...he was a rescue) is the same. 

Thanks for the info about the Southern. I actually have two rather nice Bulleid coaches so I have pulled them out of storage and tagged them on to a rake of Collets destined for the south!

You have done a really nice job on the ancillary switchboard.......I did think of mentioning DCC :lol:

but decided against it........not sure if it was lack of courage or concern for your health

:pedal

Best wishes

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

… a bit of both I fancy! Probably best not to mention the DDT stuff (not sure I’ve got the correct spelling there, but near enough)…. I wouldn’t understand anyway… musn’t put too much pressure on the grey cell!!

Frustrating day in the loft on Thursday. With neighbour Paul due on Friday I was getting things ready with the trusty Dapol… all was going well… until I tried to move the 2P … which didn’t want to move. Closer inspection showed it had somehow shed one of it’s traction tyres which was now wedged between the wheel and the coupling rod. Bother, I thought… or words to that effect…. must sort that now. First problem – how to remove the loco body – long gone are the days when it was always a screw in the chimney – so I needed the instruction sheet. Fortunately the 2P is one of the more recent additions to the fleet, which meant the box containing the loco box, if you see what I mean, was still accessible without major box shuffling. Instruction sheet found….but, it’s one of those dreaded ‘buts’ again, while it gives details, with an illustration, of how to remove the tender body (to fit the DDT thingy) NOTHING on how to remove the loco body! Bother, again, and not well done Hornby, I thought. In the end I just started with what looked to be the obvious screw, below the cab… and then, not as obvious, the large screw which holds the front bogie, but as it turned out, the body too. That did it, and I could get the tyre back on the wheel. By then of course it was too late to finish the Dapolling, so the evening running the timetable was reduced to just testing the 2P around the continuous loop – but at least Paul did see something moving! – and the 2P seems to be OK. While I had my screwdrivers handy I also removed that oversize front coupling, been on a list since the 2P arrived, and now it looks so much better.

Anyway, Dapolling finished yesterday,  now I can actually start running trains again… subject to no further ‘bothers’ or ‘buts’…. and Fflyff of course – she’s been a bit off for a couple of days, but improved again today. Hopefully Hunter too will continue with the good days.

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

:mutley
Snap......I had a similarly frustrating day. I have been working on an out and back routine...Granby-Phwelli.....I call it my Cambrian run. A Manor or a Dukedog with 4 collets.......already to run but the loco would not stop in the platform......its “DDT” related issue so I wont bore you,suffice to say tomorrow the roof has to come off and I have to stand on a stool, lean over 4’ with a saw and isolate the platform track.......something I should have thought about in May!

Enough of my whining.....glad you got your 2P sorted and are back with the timetable

Best wishes

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

… and there I was thinking it was only me that ended up stretching over something to sort out a problem I should have thought about before….

I would only offer a word of caution… whenever I stretch over something to sort out a problem I’d not even thought about before, the usual situation, I regularly misjudge the ‘clearance’ needed to reach said problem… and so create another problem by “just catching”  something else with a trailing sleeve or sweater. Signals are one of my favourites, usually a signal that has taken ages to get operating just right, and then it always takes another age to sort out.

Still, it’s all part of the fun…… so I’m told…. not always how I see it!

Best of luck tomorrow…. 4’ is a long way - if it was me I’d probably end up sawing through the platform and missing the rail altogether....
 
Cofion

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Right, after record delays for the weather and for a bad back and a duff knee I can at last report that the trusty Dapol has done it’s job, collected all the dust, cobwebs, loose ballast and dead bodies from the tracks and the trains are running again!!! I give you…



The first engine to appear, a Stanier tank steams through Hooton heading for Woodside. This is one of only six services in the day (4 North, 2 South) which do not call at Hooton – the 08.15 ex Chester General due Woodside at 08.43, only calls at Port Sunlight and Rock Ferry. I reckon that this was the ‘nine to five, office workers special’ – there is a similar working back to Chester in the evening. The covered Hooton South junction now allows me to hold this train outside the storage loops, so that the other trains already in the loops can be moved to make space for this train, then the run through Hooton is not interrupted. Originally I had to hold the train at the advanced starter while space was made in the loops which looked a bit odd to say the least. OK, I know that junction has been covered for three years now, takes time for the grey cell to absorb information, so I’ve only just thought of this – I get there eventually, perhaps now you can understand why progress is slow!

So, onwards and possibly just a little upwards…..

…. but there are a few things I’d really like to get on with now… backscene/signal box on the mainline and those houses at Hooton…. to name but two….and I’m even considering getting some more ballasting done…. but just for now…..

Keith
 
 
 
 

Briperran
Full Member


Joined: Thu Oct 4th, 2018
Location: Perranporth, Cornwall, United Kingdom
Posts: 570
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Just looked through your thread Keith
Thats a lovely layout you are building there


Brian

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Keith

Good to hear you are back on your feet again and finally able to get the Railway (and its timetable) back into operation. Still looking fantastic.

Good luck with the next part(s) of your brilliant project - looking forward to the next update.

You take care of that knee and back of yours; don't want you laid up again and away from the layout.

Cheers
Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Brian and Dave

I’ve been working on this layout for such a long time now I must admit that all I can see is what I haven’t/should have already done ages ago, so your comments are much appreciated.

Managed to progress the timetable another 8 minutes, trouble is it took over an hour! – I’d quite forgotten how busy it gets during the morning rush hour. In that 8 minutes : an arrival and a departure from Woodside together with transfer of the London Sleeper stock to the carriage sidings, an arrival and departure from Rock Ferry (aka the carriage sidings), some shunting in the storage loops under Woodside – as somebody had sent the morning local parcels (MPV) out with an additional CCT van, so it didn’t fit in it’s assigned space – and a departure from the fiddle yard, not to mention the engine off the London Sleeper returning to shed for turning. Certainly this knackered frame of mine doesn’t help, in an attempt to avoid kneeling I managed to get myself wedged under the storage loops while trying to sort out a rare derailment!! I fear that the dreaded old age may be trying to make an appearance, which is a little annoying as it isn’t on my schedule. Still, the worst of the rush is now over and soon I can start on the freight.

Slight hiatus just now, took advantage of Black Friday and upgraded our Broadband, already at 80 Meg – due to be sorted today after a slight delay caused by a glitch at the exchange. When the dust finally settles, we will be on Ultrafast Broadband – 160 Meg, with 100 Meg guaranteed minimum speed, all down to FTP of course. Still hard to believe – as here in little ol’ leafy Pennant, less than two years ago, all we could get via the phone line was 0.5Meg!

Cofion

Keith

Sol
A modelling Moderator.


Joined: Mon Nov 28th, 2011
Location: Evanston Gardens, South Aust, Australia
Posts: 4202
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Woodside wrote:  Certainly this knackered frame of mine doesn’t help, in an attempt to avoid kneeling I managed to get myself wedged under the storage loops while trying to sort out a rare derailment!! I fear that the dreaded old age may be trying to make an appearance, which is a little annoying as it isn’t on my schedule.
Keith

Not on my schedule either Keith but it too has appeared but some of the symptoms have appeared - grey hair OK but not Arthur in the fingers, that can be left off the list...

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Sol wrote: Woodside wrote:  Certainly this knackered frame of mine doesn’t help, in an attempt to avoid kneeling I managed to get myself wedged under the storage loops while trying to sort out a rare derailment!! I fear that the dreaded old age may be trying to make an appearance, which is a little annoying as it isn’t on my schedule.
Keith

Not on my schedule either Keith but it too has appeared but some of the symptoms have appeared - grey hair OK but not Arthur in the fingers, that can be left off the list...
Hi Ron and Keith. Yes old age is pounding on the door. And if I knew the secret of avoiding both old age and arthritis or getting rid of it in my case I would be over the moon 🌓. But worst of all in my case is going “ A over B” . Best wishes Kevin 

Ed
Full Member


Joined: Tue Jan 29th, 2013
Location: West Anglia Main Line, United Kingdom
Posts: 3914
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Getting "wedged under the storage loops" sounds painful Keith and I hope whoever sent the morning local parcels out with an additional CCT van got a severe talking to :lol:



Ed

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Ron, Kevin and Ed

Usual apologies for the delay – this Ultrafast Broadband hasn’t gone quite as smoothly as we’d hoped…we’ve got 150Meg at the hub no problem, but wireless through a three foot stone wall appears to create intermittent problems. There is a doorway close by it could use, not too sure how to tell it that! When it’s OK it is lighting fast, then other times not that much different to the 80Meg line we had. Perhaps the wall has a max of 60Meg (what we get the other side). Going to try hard wiring to the hub, hopefully that should sort it, that’s assuming the hub supports both wired and wireless at the same time – important as our printer is wireless…. all this technology is too much for my overworked grey cell, things were much simpler back in the day!!!

Yes this old age lark is a right pain – so far the arthritis is only in the left hand, but It’s probably already packed it’s bags ready for a trip to pastures new…..

… and Ed,  yes, it was!  I’ve given myself a right good talking to, not that it will make any difference mind. I really should know better, but every now and then I like to add an extra coach, van, wagon to trains, just to see what impact it has on running the timetable… every time I decide no more experiments…. until the next time…. perhaps as a first step I should try avoiding the rush hour….

At least the rush hour will soon be over, time think about that backscene and the terrace at Hooton perhaps, it would be nice to get at least one part of the layout looking something like finished…

Cofion

Keith

Briperran
Full Member


Joined: Thu Oct 4th, 2018
Location: Perranporth, Cornwall, United Kingdom
Posts: 570
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Keith

You will never get the 150mb hub speed over a wireless connection it will always be substantially less.
If you want faster connections on certain devices you need to connect them by ethernet (patch cable) or you will get a better speed using the plug in network adapters that run through the mains household wiring.

Brian

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Brian

Thanks for that – just a pity that the support folk couldn’t have told us that when we first ordered the upgrade and then we would have been prepared. Yes, when we hard wired (ethernet cable) the computer late this afternoon, 150Meg, no problem…. and a bonus, the hub does support wireless and ethernet connections simultaneously – so we’re sorted! We have got a couple of those adapters due in the Post tomorrow, but given the hard wired solution, we’ll probably stick with that. Must admit the fact that we’ve got 150 Meg at all is still hard to believe… and it is seriously quick....

Now enough of this technology, got to get the grey cell focussed on more important stuff!

Cofion

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Ooooo Keith.

Can you see the signs of green floating across the 'net' - your 150MB broadband? I'm pleased to get a miserable 9MB! As Brian indicated, the link speed over wifi can be well below that which fibre can provide to the router and a lot will also depend on who else close to you might be using the same wifi channel (even though the router should be able to automatically swap channels for something quieter, but it doesn't or cannot always be possible). My wifi link speed comes in at around 64MB at fairly close range from a bog-standard copper-wired 9MB line.

It's fast enough for me, so, as long as it stays around that ballpark figure of 9MB, I'm quite happy. I can't justify the seriously extortionate figures these folk want for full fibre. Sounds fine during the introductory period, but then.....no chance, definitely can't justify it for the bit of web browsing and the odd bit of iPlayer viewing we do - and it (the cost) would never get passed the Chancellor!

I'm also not over-keen of having to swap providers every 12/18 months just to keep getting 'introductory offers'. In the past when I've had (what I think is a decent speed - for me) and I change providers, I always seem to get some hassle or other and the speed is never as good until I start a fight to get it upp'd (and that's usually down to BT not getting the interface to the new provider correctly setup). So I tend to just hassle the current provider to give me a better renewal deal, something more like their competitors are offering at that time. I guess it works much the same for fibre, but it's the cost. Maybe we'll look at it again when this contract is due for renewal.

In the meantime, back to the drawing board, keeping the old bones from snarling up and creating. It ain't no fun gettin' old! Keep up the good work - and stop experimenting!

Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave

Yes, I never expected to get 150Meg on wireless, but I assumed that there would be a pro rata increase over the previous 80Meg line.  Anyway, with the cable it is 150Meg at the computer so I’m a happy bunny. Out here we don’t have much choice over providers, with BT taking the lion’s share, the other ‘big’ boys aren’t interested in these very rural locations – none of their fibres get anywhere near here. In terms of cost, the upgrade from 80 to 160 came in at just over £2/week – that’s not even a coffee, so I’m told (must be really big cups they use these days!), and it is fixed for 18 months so I can’t complain. Anyway, I fear we are getting a bit ‘off topic’ here, and all this technology is not good for me, so it is time I got back to layout….. and perhaps just the occasional experiment….

Cofion

Keith

Briperran
Full Member


Joined: Thu Oct 4th, 2018
Location: Perranporth, Cornwall, United Kingdom
Posts: 570
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

You can now have up to 330mb to the home if you have fibre to the home installed already.
I can upgrade to either what Kieth has gone for the 150mb at the price he is saying if you went the full hog i think its another £10 a month on top of that.
I think it depends on your usage whether its worthwhile upgrading from my position at present its well fast enough for what we use it for i suppose my biggest thing would be when downloading sky films at present we can press the button to download and withing 10 seconds it says you can watch now no waiting or stuttering.

Also unless something has changed BT have the monopoly with fibre to the home so you cant switch providers at present anyway.

Brian

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Brian

Usual delay, usual apologies, yes, we could have gone for the 330Meg, but I thought that was just being silly. The local ISP here, who supplied the majority of the satellite based systems prior to fibre, also offered fibre broadband once FTP was installed – that may be down to the fact that WG part funded the roll-out of FTP in rural Wales – but we decided to go for BT. In the almost two years we’ve had FTP here the prices have dropped quite dramatically.

That’s the trouble with this technology lark, once it is mentioned it is difficult to stop talking about it…. very sorry,
Alan.

Cofion

Keith

And just to make sure…..

Right, back to railways again. Just finishing off the rush hour – and a chance to get my Hall in service – it worked a south bound freight, for the Cambrian line, the previous day. There is a rather odd passenger service each morning from Wrexham to Woodside – departs Wrexham at 7.30, arriving Chester at 7.54, it then waits for 35 minutes (plenty of time for the engine to be turned) before heading off as a stopping train to Woodside. So I thought an ideal opportunity to get the Hall back to 6C. Halls were regular visitors to 6C, but normally on freights, can’t recall seeing a Hall on a passenger service – but this particular service seemed an ideal opportunity. Anyway engine and stock marshalled in the fiddle yard – off we go… seen here emerging from fiddle yard and about to enter the tunnel…



…didn’t get that far as it turned out as it came to a sudden halt after entering the tunnel. Initially I thought the engine was sticking on the points at the junction. It wasn’t… it hadn’t reached the junction…. The chimney was catching on the frame of the upper baseboard! I’d had a problem with the Hall on it’s first run South at the entrance to the fiddle yard with the chimney catching the upper frame. Obviously all that excessive heat over the summer had had an impact on either the timber of the layout, or more likely, the roof timbers – can’t imagine they’ve ever been this dry for aeons. No other engines have this problem, which suggests that the Hall chimney must be uniquely taller than any other model – anyone else found this to be the case? So some serious chiselling in a very restricted space was required to sort it. Once more the timetable was stopped while the fat controller found his chisels….. 

…yes, as expected, they were in a box….

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

I thought it was only me that got surprised by loco clearances in inaccessible places  :roll: :oops: :roll:  I hope you got it sorted without too much fuss and certainly without being trapped again.

The train from Wrexham (alias Granby :)) intrigued me. Do think the extended stop in Chester was to wait the arrival of a second train that terminated at Chester?

Best Wishes

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae John

I’m really glad that it’s not just me! Do you also find that most derailments occur in these inaccessible places?

Yes, the Hall safely passed under the offending support, following an attack with my chisel, and after a four minute wait at Hooton (more of that in a minute) it safely passed under the same support on departing. The only real test now is how it manages on the return working, probably a freight again, later in the day, something to look forward to…. It was OK last time, but that was last time…. before that ridiculous summer….

Hadn’t thought about a second train, so I’ve been reading the timetables again (favourite pastime of mine) – but I can’t see any obvious candidate, either from the Holyhead direction, Wrexham or Crewe. Checking my ’59 Bradshaw, this service is in the timetable, same 7.30 departure from Wrexham, but in ’59 it also stopped all stations to Chester, reducing the waiting time in Chester to a still relatively long 18 minutes, with the same arrival time in Woodside, and including the 4 minute wait at Hooton. Incidentally anyone on the Wrexham train bound for Port Sunlight, Rock Ferry or Woodside  would almost certainly transfer to the 8.10 from Chester (the one I christened the ‘nine to five, office workers special’) in order to arrive Woodside roughly 25 minutes earlier.

I have had another thought – is it possible that the Wrexham train in ’61 had local parcels? That would explain the long wait (26/18 minutes, not 35 as in last e-mail, sorry about that) at Chester if it was unloading parcels for Chester and then loading new parcels for all stations to Woodside. It would also explain the 4 minute hold at Hooton, as they would have not only Hooton parcels, but parcels for the Helsby branch, and the West Kirby branch (still open in ’61 for freight (and parcels?)). So it all sounds plausible, so plausible I’ll probably add a full brake on the next run through the timetable, which judging by current progress will probably be in about 2023!

Were you tempted by Hattons 12 days of Christmas, and the green Night Owl? Caught me still in black mode, so I didn’t bother this time…. but I had already taken advantage of their Sale of the Century to increase the choc and cream Mk1 stock on the layout.

Cofion

Keith

Very best wishes to everyone for Christmas and a successful 2019…. I fancy 2019 will go faster than 2018… a trend I’ve noticed over the last few years!!

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Bitter experience has taught me to expect derailments in the most inconvenient places! I have just spent a lot of time building a complex lift off over a new tunnel because inevitably the previously flawless mineral train that lives there will now start mis-behaving. :roll:

I do admire your knowledge of working timetables. Like you, I find these subtle changes in timing quite fascinating. I have downloaded some but I have problems navigating my way through them. I guess I really need to print out some hard copies.

Now I need a load of "shock" "horror" emoticons.... :cry: :shock: :cry: :shock:....I missed the night owl sale which now appears to be over......I have to ask.......what was the sale price?

Hope you and your family (not forgetting Fflyff) have a great Christmas

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Smae John

They were on offer for £139.50, not a huge saving, but every little helps. The fact that they reoffered them on the 12th day suggests that they still had plenty available. I'm checking again at New Year, another excuse for a Sale, may yet be tempted, if I'm not still in black mode. If I do see them on offer again I'll send a PM, just in case you miss it.

Fflyff is eating well at the minute, fingers and everything else crossed, so we are hoping for a quiet, crisis free Christmas. My best wishes to you and the family, and of course not forgetting Hunter, for Xmas and 2019.

Cofion

Keith

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Keith

:cheers :cheers

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

By now I was hoping to have finished with the rush hour, unfortunately there is no progress to report.  The last five days before Christmas saw our Fflyff suffer from a couple of minor strokes which resulted in her back legs not exactly functioning as they should. The cat ICU was immediately set up, a visit to the vet after the first episode told us what we didn’t want to hear, and basically all we could do was to keep her safe. As we weren’t confident she’d actually make it to Christmas everything here (and that included Christmas) was put on hold. Christmas became New Year and now, as usual, not wishing to tempt fate, all I’ll say is that she is still with us and eating again, all four legs functioning as normal, and we continue in ‘one day at a time’ mode.

Once the rush hour had been cleared I was intending to post a photo illustrating just how hard the fat controller had to work during the rush hour  - so despite the fact that the rush isn’t quite over, here goes…



In the foreground there is a train held at the signal waiting for a slot in the fiddle yard, one of which has just been vacated by another departing up the incline to wait under Woodside for it’s due arrival at Hooton. In the background another train is held at the signals as it begins the main line approach to Woodside. In Hooton a train has called on the way up to Woodside. Out of shot in Woodside there are two recent arrivals, and in the loops under Woodside there are no less than four more waiting their due time at either Woodside or Hooton. This is what the fat controller is supposed to control, in real time, with his four controllers. I reckon with a couple more well trained people it is just about on, but given that the fat controller is, shall we say, somewhat lacking in the organisation department, in solo mode things take rather longer, something approaching for ever….

When I was looking for something under the layout a couple of weeks back I caught a glimpse, from ‘inside’ the tunnel, of the 2P waiting for a fiddle yard slot and thought it would make a good photo, particularly now that that enormous front coupling has gone …. very difficult light levels with my point and click camera, and especially when I can’t see the viewfinder and my hand is working in less than 4” handroom… so not exactly what I was hoping for… but this is the best I could manage….



… you get the idea, still the 2P is much improved with the front coupling removed. I do like 4-4-0 locos, I doubt if that wheel arrangement ever made an appearance in Birkenhead, but there were odd examples based not that far away, so not impossible. Rush hour now scheduled to finish before the end of the month (notice no particular month specified), depending on you-know-who… then I think the backscene on the mainline, with additional signal box, and perhaps the l/r houses at Hooton. Those two jobs would certainly give the Hooton/mainline section a sense of being not far off done… just the green bits and fencing to finish off… mmm, the green bits, so that’ll be the static grass then…. that could, and probably will, be quite messy…..I’m something of an expert in messy…. there’s a real chance half the loft will be covered in static grass before I’m finished, not to mention yours truly…. I’m (not) really looking forward to that…. but I can’t keep putting it off…. there again….. there’s still lots of other stuff to do…. not forgetting keeping the timetable ticking over.

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Sorry to hear about Fflyff - at least she is hanging on in there and, so it sounds from your description, improving now that she's eating again. Long may it continue.

Excellent photo of your 2P from inside the tunnel mouth. The lack of the front coupling certainly works (and looks) a treat. Good to see an unusual shot of a layout - well proportioned and setup (at least, to my untrained eye).

Good luck with the static grass when you start to apply the stuff. Hopefully there'll be a few more "interesting" photos to show - and not with the fat controller having turned a nice shade of green! I've yet to splatter much of the stuff around John Street just yet. I tried it around the engine shed and it seemed to work reasonably well on that small patch - but I'm sure it could be improved upon with more practice elsewhere on the layout when I get round to getting the more scenic parts installed.

Keep up the good work.....
Dave

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
Our two elderly pets, thousands of miles apart, appear to be following similar lives. Glad that Flyff , like Hunter, is still hanging in there. All one can do is welcome the good days and be understanding and comforting during the bad times.

Coincidentally an Ex  Midland 4-4-0 regularly runs into the Canadian version of Woodside! Mine is the Bachmann compound one of my favourite locos.

I do admire your dedication to running to a proper genuine timetable. I cant even get my fictional one started yet

Good luck with the grass

John

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

The grass is a doodle Keith, if I can do it, you can. I even made my own applicator from a fly swat and tea strainer. Just don't touch the tea strainer when it's charged!!! Wakes you up what?!
Marty

Headmaster
Full Member


Joined: Sun Jun 2nd, 2013
Location: Faversham, United Kingdom
Posts: 1581
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I'm with Marty on the old static grass - including the homemade applicator and the wake up! Shocking!  If I have learned one thing, it's do small areas at a time....

Michael

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Oh... absolutely, if you do too big an area the glue dries before you get a decent coverage.... and then you get annoyed... and distracted.... and....zap! Blue Blistering Barnacles!! :lol:
You only zap yourself once though.

...and it makes a huge difference to the layout too. I was sceptical but then completely sold after the first patch went down.

Marty

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Just catching up after a couple of iffy days for you-know-who, hence the delay….

S’mae Dave

Glad you like the photo, could and should have been better, but me and my camera have our limitations…

I may have a practice with one of the green lumps/hills between Hooton and the mainline – both of those are removable, once the main line section is removed. That was all to do with access to the loft for big stuff, and access to the water tanks when required. So I could work on one lump in the garden workshop, a safe distance from the house – and then any escaping static grass will quickly blend into the surroundings, as, no doubt, will I!

Cofion

Keith
-------------------
S’mae John

Yes, like you, we make the most of the good days and hope the not so good days don’t last too long, that’s all we can do.

The Bachmann compound is one of my favourites too – a really elegant loco – which does make the odd appearance in Woodside – Chester did have a few up to ’58, and could have still had the occasional visit from one of the Midlands engines after that, until their demise in ’61 . I’ve also got a Dukedog, which again can appear, stretching things a bit, on a Cambrian lines service. My other 4-4-0 is a Bachmann Director – not yet escaped from the box, but could end up on a CLC freight from Manchester and points East. Modellers’ licence is a wonderful thing!

I’m just something of an anorak when it comes to timetables, including working out realistic rosters for the locos, but seeing how the stock and engines move during the day on the layout I find fascinating and it keeps my grey cell happy. I guess that’s why there is an awful lot of track on the layout, approximately 140 yards and 70-odd points/crossings at the last count. As a result for the most part I end up just modelling the railway, and not much else. Each to his/her own as I keep saying.

News of the static grass will appear….eventually….

Cofion

Keith
--------------------------------
S’mae Marty/Michael

I’ve been following your Newcastle Emlyn thread Marty, and rest assured there’s lots of stuff that you can do in N gauge that I wouldn’t even attempt in OO.

All this talk of charged applicators… all I’ve got (obviously in a box somewhere under the layout) is the Gaugemaster Starter  kit – if I can get a small patch looking presentable with that I may think about going electrical, with all the inherent dangers, but for now my first efforts will be strictly clockwork!

Cofion

Keith
 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

A recent good few days for you-know-who allowed me to get the trains running again – and the rush hour is now almost over. Another oddity in the timetable is the 8.39 ex Chester to Woodside, which is TC, departing 7.08, from Llandudno of all places – and like that TC from Wrexham mentioned recently has two distinct sections. For the initial run from Llandudno it appears to be a stopper – all stations as far as Prestatyn, then Holywell Junction and Chester. From Chester it is a quick dash to Rock Ferry and Woodside – not even calling at Hooton. Not really looked into this yet, but as with the Wrexham service, there is no corresponding return service later in the day.  One point, the turnaround time in Chester is a more normal 11 minutes, so not enough time to use the same engine for the run to Birkenhead – pity, could have been an opportunity for a 6G engine to arrive in Woodside, I’m thinking about the 2P and the late 50s when 6G had several.

Anyway, here is that Llandudno train behind a Fairburn tank, as it storms through Hooton (just 18minutes allowed for the run from Chester to Rock Ferry), just as a Fowler tank with the 8.39 for Helsby, ex  Rock Ferry, pulls in to Hooton. Admittedly nothing was actually moving when I took this picture – the camera had been sat on the up line for another different view, without the Helsby train in view, that's in the gallery – probably a better picture, but not strictly valid.



Another view of the Llandudno train entering Hooton taken from the South end of the station, just before the Helsby train emerged from the tunnel at the North end.



I had another go at that tunnel shot using the Landscape setting, I’d forgotten about that, this time it’s another Fowler tank – but better I think as there is more of the actual train in focus – I reckon this is as good as it gets, well for me anyway.



With the rush hour almost finished now, I’m looking forward to getting the freight running again – and trying out that new panel in the fiddle yard as the various trains are organised, but……

Since this burst of activity Fflyff has had a couple of small strokes severely affecting her back legs, so the trains have stopped again. Just waiting to see if she can recover, we are now in 24hr care mode (hence the unusual, for me, posting time!) and fear that we could be entering the end game, that said she has rallied somewhat, only time will tell.  Things may well fall quiet for a while…

Keith

ZeldaTheSwordsman
Madman


Joined: Fri Jan 15th, 2016
Location: Pomona, California USA
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I hope she recovers

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hugs and kisses to our furry friend in the north,

Magic, Misty and Robs, xxx

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Best wishes Keith........its a horrible time for you right now......I know “my thoughts are with you “ is awfully trite ....but I am doing just that 
John

Last edited on Fri Feb 15th, 2019 03:50 pm by John Dew

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Many thanks Brendan, Bill and John for your kind thoughts and understanding. Yes, these pets do tend to take over our lives somewhat, but there again so they should, they are ‘family’ after all.
 
Against all the odds, Fflyff continues to improve, even the ablutions routine is getting back to normal, and if that continues we may soon be able to withdraw the 24 hr care mode, which I’m sure will meet with Fflyff’s approval. A cat and her litter tray is a very private affair, which should not involve humans in any way whatsoever, other than to clean it afterwards, of course.
 
Once the 24hr care mode is withdrawn I can finally finish the rush hour, and then get on with that backscene extension on the mainline and get the signal box built…. and even make a start on this static grass….
 
Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Keith

Poor Fflyff, here's hoping she again continues to rally and everything can get back on the straight and narrow. Fingers crossed, eh? Can't be much fun for you or her. Rooting for her at this end.

Again, nice "tunnel" shot - a huge improvement on the previous. Keep up with the photography and experimenting with different camera features. I tend to be more of a 'point and shoot' kinda person myself and am always hesitant to 'play' with the settings in case I can't get it back to what works/worked in the past.

Can't remember the last time I ran trains - too busy with health issues of our own (thankfully not on 24 hour watch though) and trying to get some layout building finished at the same time. So we're both in similar boats regarding trains.

Again, fingers crossed for FFlyff and her recovery.

Dave

Headmaster
Full Member


Joined: Sun Jun 2nd, 2013
Location: Faversham, United Kingdom
Posts: 1581
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

I have been following your thread with interest - sorry to hear about Fflyff.  We had three cats and a dog as the family pets, now sadly just with one cat so I know what you are going through and how much a part of the family they become.  So many memories and significant moments with them.  I hope all goes well for you all.

Lovely to see the photos and that trains are running.  I am concentrating so much on buildings at the moment that I have almost forgotten it is a model railway I am making!

Look forward to more pics.

Regards

Michael

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

It sounds like fflyff is in good, caring hands and that is really all that you can do. Never a fun time for a family. We have said sad goodbyes to a dog and three cats in the last six years. 
Lovely tunnel photo and always good to catch up with the constant comings and goings at Woodside.   

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave, Michael and Marty

Once again sincere thanks for the kind messages regarding Fflyff, it is really appreciated by both of us, we all have  our memories of pets no longer with us.

Dave, please don’t think I’m anything but a point and click photographer… I’m more of a Brownie 127 type – if your memory goes back to those days! All I’ve done is changed the setting to ‘Landscape’, rather than the usual ‘Auto’ … wouldn’t dare touch anything else. Michael, yes, I do like to run the railway – if only to remember what all the switches are for….  and Marty, yes, that tunnel shot is growing on me too…

After the euphoria of yesterday, Fflyff’s improvement was short lived and we now have to face the agony of the timing of the inevitable decision, so apologies in advance for any tardy responses for the next few weeks.

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

After the last post Fflyff rallied again, and during the week her condition improved significantly, but then on the Friday evening she deteriorated again, and the following day (23rd Feb) after something of a recovery was down again. In the evening she suddenly lost all use of her back legs and tail – totally paralysed, and she was in real distress as she tried and failed to sit up on her chair – a sight that will live long in the memory, she had reached the end of the line, so we had to ring the vet.  Angharad duly arrived, and confirmed what we already knew had to be done, before sending Fflyff on her way to that great big cattery in the sky to meet up once more with her sister Fflo. The end of an era, nothing more to be said, other than things here will never ever be quite the same again.

Recently I have managed to advance the timetable, as part of the general attempt to keep busy and so reduce the time spent just thinking about recent events. The local parcels has finally arrived in Hooton (platform 3) at 9.03, complete with that CCT van – which had given the fat controller all sorts of problems in the loops under Woodside, while it waited (for loading and unloading parcels at each station before Hooton). Must make a mental note not to add a CCT van next time, but knowing me I’ll probably put a GUV on – just to see what happens! I’ve no record of MPVs ever making it to Birkenhead, but in the early days I’m sure one of the Manchester based examples would have been tried in other nearby locations, failing that there’s always modellers’ licence. As I’ve mentioned before all freight/parcels is down to my own ideas, I’ve no actual info – indeed it is quite possible that local parcels from Woodside may well have been a road based service by ’61, the current timetable, but then I’d not have a use for the MPV….

Here the 9.06 Paddington train, behind a Stanier tank, is just pulling in to platform 2 alongside the local parcels.



There’ll be more soon-ish showing the recent activity in the gallery. Thankfully the rush hour is almost over and so soon I can get some actual freight out on the layout, the fish empties, pick-up freight and the Ellesmere Port oil shuttle have been waiting patiently in the yard for far too long.

Another birthday due this week, definitely feels like they’re making the years a lot shorter these days, so an addition to the 2-6-4T stock with the arrival of another Standard 4 tank. This one (80092, another bargain, this time ex-Hattons) was actually a Chester engine from ’58 – ’60 so won’t need renumbering (if I ever get around to doing that with those that do – it’s on a list, of course), just a 6A shedplate (and those are in a box…). There is another Standard 4 tank on the layout now – another example of modellers’ licence, given that I’m running Winter ’61, and all examples of that class had moved away from Chester and Birkenhead by the end of 1960…. Still I’m only a year out, and the class did reappear in Wrexham, Oswestry and Shrewsbury from ’63. Just a thought, the last four examples of the class only entered service in ’57 – for a short working life on the Southern Region of no more than ten years.

During the final days of 24hr care I’d kept myself awake on my share of the night shift watching Youtube videos on static grass, and decided that, yes, it does look remarkably straightforward so even with my limited skill set, I should be able to do it – so I ordered an applicator and the necessary glues in order to give it a go. I think that it should prove less messy than the puffer bottle, which I fancy may well allow me to spread the static grass far and wide. I’ve decided to try the small green bit to the left of the tunnel mouth south of Hooton Station – mainly because it is on the edge of the layout, so it will be easy to mask off everything worth keeping grass free. Just for the record, this is the ‘before’ picture…


 
We should be getting back to something like normal in the next week or so, still a big ask, but hopefully then I can report on progress, I use the word loosely, very loosely – possibly even including an ‘after’ picture with lots of static grass….  and with a bit of luck, only where it is supposed to be….

Keith

Sol
A modelling Moderator.


Joined: Mon Nov 28th, 2011
Location: Evanston Gardens, South Aust, Australia
Posts: 4202
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Oh Keith, I am sorry re your family member Fflyff, I know what that is like and I am not looking forward to the days any of my 3 feline famliy decide to "leave". At least you have the hobby & SWMBO,to take your mind onto other things.

When it comes to the railways, I work under Rule #1.

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
I am so sorry to hear about Fflyff. Even when it is not totally unexpected its still very traumatic as we know only too well. We had to do exactly the same two weeks ago with Hunter, our 14 year old rescue Wheeton terrier. It leaves a big hole in ones life and you keep remembering so many little cameos. Its very painful.....you both have my deepest sympathy.

Warmest regards

John

Headmaster
Full Member


Joined: Sun Jun 2nd, 2013
Location: Faversham, United Kingdom
Posts: 1581
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith, so sorry to hear about Fflyff.  When we said goodbye to our big old ginger tom, Howard, it left such a hole - the end of an era - despite having two other cats and a dog.  Just one cat now.  Honestly!  Who would have thought that pets would become such a part of family history?  Eventually we put photos around the house.... they raise a smile every time I look at them, with a tinge of sadness even 5 years later.

Glad you are going to press ahead with the static grass, and if you will humour me, I will share a few things I have learned....

1.  If you are modelling wild grass, rather than lawns or cultivated grass, use a base layer of 2mm grass, then scrunch it up creating peaks and troughs.  Then, using strong hairspray or proprietary static grass spray glue, add other longer grass.  It creates a very natural finish.  You don't have to wait for glue to dry between the layers

2.  Use a variety of colours.  I use at least 3 or 4 colours - one dominant colour and then others for variation.  Dry grass colours, whatever season you are modelling, even if only used sparingly, add a good effect to the finished look

3. Vacuum up as you go.  Not all the grass sticks and you will be amazed how much you can collect for re-use

4.  Don't hold the vacuum too close - it sucks off a circle - unless you want to model crop circles (guess how I know this!)

5.  The vacuum can also be used to get the grass to stand upright (rule 4 applies).  You can also use a puffer, used for cleaning camera lenses, to get the grass to stand at the appropriate angle on banks and slopes.

6. I load the applicator with grass, then, holding it up, rather than down, turn it on and give it a shake.  It seems to charge the grass better.  This may all be in my head, but it seems to work and has now become a ritual

7. Take the battery out of the applicator when you have finished.  It prolongs the life and avoids storing the applicator in the on position (again, guess how I know this)

8. Not all static grass is the same and some definitely work better than others.  I have found those supplied by War World Scenics (WWS) to be consistently good and their colours realistic.  I have no connection with the company, just  a happy customer.  Others may have their own favourites

9. I prefer to work in small areas at a time.  It creates some natural variation which seems much more realistic.  Well, to me anyway. .  

10. Buy some silicone baking paper.  Add blobs of glue.  Apply static grass to the blobs.  Let them dry.  You can then add coloured flock and woohoo, you have flowers.  Peel off and add to your scenery as desired.  Or keep adding long grass, using hairspray or proprietary static grass glue spray,  and you have weeds.  Use tweezers to pluck out bare patches, animal runs, or spaces for your flowers and weeds.  I notice you have painted the area to grass green - I might suggest painting it an appropriate earth colour but.... Experiment, because in true Spinal Tap style.....


11.   If it all goes horribly wrong you can scrape it off and start again.  Anything left behind will only add to the texture.   But you won't go wrong!


Regards


Michael

Last edited on Tue Mar 19th, 2019 10:33 pm by Headmaster

ZeldaTheSwordsman
Madman


Joined: Fri Jan 15th, 2016
Location: Pomona, California USA
Posts: 586
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

My condolences on Fflyff... May she and her sister tear around the heavens and enjoy all the salmon the afterlife can give them

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith,

I was very sad on hearing of dear Fflyff’s departure from your care, not that she will ever be truly gone of course and together with her sister, will always be close enough to touch you and your bride when you least expect them to. Our 15 year old twin sisters, Magic and Misty, send their feline affection to you in ways we mere humans can only marvel at.

So, static grass! A great little coverer and your chosen barren corner will soon become a classic grassy knoll to be proud of.

Just read the instructions, unlike the guy on YouTube shaking his applicator over a dollop of PVA’d baseboard with the earthing clip firmly attached to a remote piece of trackwork! The best bit was that he thought the resultant sticky clump foliage was perfectly satisfactory. Some people should never venture out on their own!

Best,

Bill

Marty
Enjoying the Journey


Joined: Sun Oct 14th, 2007
Location: Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Posts: 6044
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Condolences on Fflyff’s passing Keith. Never an easy time. We commemorate our dog’s life by calling our garden and kitchen produce a product of “Paddy’s Yard” but I must get some of their photos up on the walls too.
We were completely pet free for a wee while, all three cats and the dog completing their allocated time and moving on. We deliberately chose not have another pet for a while to enable us to go away with the camper trailer at the drop of a hat.

My eldest son, a submariner in the RAN, had other ideas and we are currently “grandparents” to a little princess of a boxer/whippet cross while he is at sea. Probably just as well as I was getting quite unfit!

Looking forward to seeing the fish empties emerge. 

Our best wishes... M & T and Cortana 

Last edited on Thu Mar 21st, 2019 02:55 pm by Marty

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

"Just read the instructions, unlike the guy on YouTube shaking his applicator over a dollop of PVA’d baseboard with the earthing clip firmly attached to a remote piece of trackwork! The best bit was that he thought the resultant sticky clump foliage was perfectly satisfactory. Some people should never venture out on their own!"

They are referred to in my house as "Vidiots" :lol: :lol:
[sorry but unable to do the "quotes" thing - must try harder - does it make me a Quidiot?]

Last edited on Fri Mar 22nd, 2019 02:16 pm by Barry Miltenburg

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Heartfelt thanks for all the kind responses regarding Fflyff – it is much appreciated by both of us. Our accustomising to the new order continues at a snail’s pace, and a pretty slow snail at that.

Work on the timetable and my first attempts with static grass have stalled however with the onset of some ‘good’ weather. During the recent stormy spell we lost a 6’ trellis and gate bedecked with a variegated ivy, and someone, not me, has decided that now would be a good time to do something about it. I’m just thinking about the shedload of brownie points being amassed…..

Many thanks Michael for the tips on static grass, the greenish paint was done a long time back so that I could take some photos of the layout without it looking like Hooton had been plunged into the Ice Age again. For the main ’hill’ I’ll probably repaint with some darker patches. And yes, Bill, I did see that video, and quietly thought…. there may be hope for me yet….. we’ll see if that hope materialises in the not too distant future, assuming I can get back in the loft – and I don’t hear the dreaded “while you’ve got your tools handy there’s the……”!

Fear not Barry, I haven’t even tried the “quotes” thing yet …

Keith

Longchap
Full Member


Joined: Wed Mar 25th, 2015
Location:  Saumur, France
Posts: 1888
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Amassed brownie points, wow, the stuff dreams are made from!

I'm sure you'll spend them wisely :)

Best,

Bill

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Longchap wrote: Amassed brownie points, wow, the stuff dreams are made from!

I'm sure you'll spend them wisely :)

Best,

Bill

Ah!! Sussed it!!

Nothing else to say, just pleased with myself.

Barry  :oops:

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Bill and Barry

Apologies for the usual delay, I have been keeping myself busy, which is a good thing just now – but not in the loft unfortunately…. which is not a good thing at all.

One important fact regarding these brownie points Bill that I discovered to my cost very early on…. they are extremely perishable – spend them pdq, otherwise they’re worthless!....  and as the trellis has been delayed by something more urgent, I’m already fearful for the status of the early trellis points! Glad you’ve sussed it Barry.

When I’ve managed the odd half hour in the loft I have progressed the timetable – I need to get the trellis done before I start the static grass exercise, for which I want at least a guaranteed uninterrupted afternoon. The two odd services I’ve been rabbitting on about recently have now arrived in Woodside. Although the Wrexham train left Chester some 18 minutes before the Llandudno train – and called at Hooton well before the Llandudno train sped through, it is the Llandudno train which arrives 6 minutes earlier in Woodside - catching the Wrexham train before Rock Ferry. At least I can enable trains to ‘pass’ each other with the loops under Woodside –  yet another example how things, not even considered before I started laying track, just seem to work, with no planning at all – honest!

I’ve been trying this Landscape setting again, this time in Woodside, not as good as my original efforts with the Auto setting, so for under the roof shots I’ll be sticking to the Auto setting . Anyway, here are the two trains in Woodside, the Llandudno train behind a Fairburn tank in Platform 4 and the Hall with the Wrexham train just arrived in Platform 3, taken with the Auto setting – the same shot and another with the Landscape setting, and more, are in the Gallery – but for me, given the location, the Auto setting wins.



As you can see Woodside is still coping with the end of the rush hour – Platform 2 has a semi-fast train to Chester, while in Platform 1 there is a stopping train to Helsby. The TC London Euston (just two coaches) has just left Platform 5, and the pilot is now busy assembling the stock for a Shrewsbury train in Platform 5. The busiest time of the day for platform 5, which is mainly used for parcels. In just 22 minutes there are three arrivals and four departures. Once that lot has been sorted, the fat controller gets a well earned break… and may even be able to get some freight making an appearance….. unless of course that guaranteed uninterrupted afternoon in the loft actually does happen!

Better weather expected for the rest of the week so ‘I can get on with some more outside jobs, once the trellis is finished’….mutter… mutter!

Keith
 

John Dew
Full Member


Joined: Tue Dec 1st, 2009
Location: North Vancouver, British Columbia Canada
Posts: 4330
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith
I can relate to the ever increasing list of outside jobs at this time of the year. I almost welcome the rainy days!

Cheers

John

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Yes, John, I look forward to the rainy days, particularly after a prolonged dry spell! – but at least with a few outside jobs ticked off the list, and volunteering (before being told that is) to get the mower and strimmer out of hibernation in order to attack the grass, the brownie points are not far off an all-time high!
 
So now it was high time for me to attack my chosen very small area for static grass. However as part of this scenic exercise I thought that first I’d see if I could create something which looked like a bush from the piece of lichen which has been under the ‘rock’ for a long time. I’d sprayed it dark green/brown some time ago so now I just sprayed some adhesive on it and sprinkled some Gaugemaster leaves over it.
 
 

 
The resulting ‘bush’ actually looks better than it does in the photo, which makes a change – and so worth experimenting with the idea further later. I like to use natural stuff wherever I can, as Dave has done on his layouts, and in my photos you will see lots of odd bits of lichen all over the layout, saves having to store it somewhere. Living with a river behind the house and surrounded by mature trees the atmosphere is always quite moist, ideal for lichen. I hasten to add that the lichen I use is collected from the floor, nothing that is still ‘growing’ – after a stormy night, or just heavy rain, there is always something on the road, providing I get to it before it gets flattened. I rescued this twig on the road a couple of days back – courtesy of either the squirrels or possibly one of the many pheasants about  – they tend to crash into trees rather than land in them.
 


 
So, finally, on to the static grass….. I decided after I’d finished that the patch I’d chosen for my first attempt, a patch on an 45 degree slope with a ‘rock’ which had to remain free from any grass was, on reflection, not the best decision I’ve made. Still, how did I get on?....
 
I decided to mask off the area, to avoid covering everything, and I painted over most of the green paint.
 


Applied the glue and applied the first of the colours I’d chosen with the applicator… not very successfully…. proving to myself, yet again, that many electrical devices do not perform particularly well if you forget to switch on the thing first! Error corrected, I added the various layers – started with Spring grass (again), then Autumn grass and finally Patchy grass. I’m assuming it is around the middle of September when some of the grass starts to yellow, either at the end of the Summer timetable, or at the start of the Winter timetable, so I’m covered operationally. Anyway, here is my finished effort, complete with lichen ‘bush’ (not it’s final position, that’s yet to be decided)
 


 
I reckoned it passed my “that’ll do” test, just, particularly with the overall colours produced, but I’m sure compared to most it isn’t all that good. There is an element of hedgehog appearance to the ‘grass’ – not sure if the grass is supposed to stand vertical on the slope, or just perpendicular to the slope? – I am sure someone will put me right on that point. I am quite pleased though with how my piece of bark has become a half decent outcrop of rock in the grass. The next area I try will definitely be a little flatter than this, if I can get it right on something flatter I can then have another go at the slope the on the opposite side of the tunnel mouths, which also has a rock outcrop, and then possibly redo this slope. Other pics in the Gallery as usual.
 
For now though I think I’ll get back to running trains for a bit….
 
Keith
 

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

The grassed area looks good - long and untended as you would expect it to be.  To that end, a feew more bushes/small trees would be likely, especially away from the track.  Near the line, the PW team would have them out I imagine.

Barry

Phil.c
Full Member


Joined: Thu Mar 15th, 2012
Location: South Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 1599
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Very nice Keith, maybe a little grass around the sign and stonework for extra realism :)


Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks for the positive comments, I may try a bit more now…

Barry, couldn’t agree more, more bushes/saplings will appear, eventually – but that is classed as ‘finishing off’…. which hasn’t even made it into the schedule as yet. It will depend somewhat on how the coal yard at Hooton, which backs onto this slope, develops.

Phil, it would make life much simpler for me if I just sent you the before photos and you added the scenery, and I used the modified photos – it could be our little secret!

I have actually earmarked some moss which I’ve dried out to drape down the bridge/buttress corner, and at the base, but again that’s classed as ‘finishing off’ – my grey cell can’t cope with scenery and finishing off at the same time – that’s why this layout is taking, and will continue to take, such a long time to get anywhere - that, plus my anorak attitude to running the timetable of the day, which always gets priority – once this run of Winter 61 is complete I’m looking at ’55/’56 – which will get the 0-4-2T out on the West Kirby branch from Hooton, and involve other motive power changes.

There is also the small matter of exactly how much time I do get to spend in the loft… which has to be negotiated on a day-to-day basis…. particularly at this time of the year, when I could be outside…. apparently it does me good…

Still want to know about static grass on 45 degree slopes…. vertical or perpendicular….?

Keith

Phil.c
Full Member


Joined: Thu Mar 15th, 2012
Location: South Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 1599
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Grass grows upwards, it's the wind and animals that changes it's direction :)

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Well done Keith, it all looks good and natural.

A closeup photo is always very harsh of what you would otherwise be viewing from a more normal perspective and from such a photo you can always see minor 'fault's' and of how it could perhaps be better - certainly in my case. But, yes, very well done. If this was your first attempt at static grass, it looks good. As Phil says, the grass tends to grow vertically, towards the light; it's only passing traffic - wind, rain, animals, people, that tend to cause it to do otherwise. As for feeling a few more trees/bushes may be needed - that's all part of the 'layout never gets finished' part of the hobby - you'll tinker about with it for years. And then tinker some more!

Nice idea with the lichen - must keep my eyes more open for some of that stuff when I'm out walking - shows some promise. I tend to use a fair amount of (selectively chosen) moss that I find lying around in the local woods. As an experiment, I collected some last spring/summer and kept it in an open box in a warm location to dry out - it still looks almost as green now as it did then - so it shows some promise that it'll not change much more once dumped - sorry, "placed" - on the layout. If it does go more a brown colour then so what, it'll still blend in reasonably well - a gradual changing of season? If it continues to 'grow' (as moss does in the wild) then normal trees, etc. grow, don't they? It makes reasonable tree foliage to go on the armatures and with a sprinkling of greenery it looks the part.

As for hedges, I got hold of some rubberised horsehair. It's available specially cut down to a suitable thickness before being put on sale. It can then be cut down further and with, again, a sprinkling of greenery/foliage makes some nice hedging.

Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave

Many thanks for the positive comments – and yes, I suspect I’ll be tinkering about in the loft for as long as I am able, and then a bit more…... still running a timetable from the 50s or 60s. It’s true what you say about photographs, never quite seems to capture the ‘feel’ of the layout. Possibly with all this computer stuff now that is no longer the case, but I’ll be sticking with my point and click camera for a few years yet.

Now, this grass question – I think everyone has misunderstood my question… or more likely I’ve not phrased it very well…. In Life no. 2 we spent fourteen years establishing and then running a small market garden on a Hebridean hillside – so I know all I need to know about how grass (and lots of other stuff) grows on the flat and on a slope. My question related to the alien (to me now, but hopefully that will change) world of static grass. I noticed when applying the first fibres, (once I’d remembered to switch on the applicator), that they appeared to stand perpendicular to the sloping surface, which gave what I termed the hedgehog effect, particularly on the top edge and the side edge. Admittedly by the time I’d added the third colour it wasn’t as noticeable. So all I was asking, just in case I’m doing something wrong with the applicator, is when static grass is applied do the initial fibres always stand perpendicular to the surface, even on a sloping section? I think this might be more a question of the properties of static fields which perhaps I should take up with my in-house physicist. Anyway, enough of this now, I reckon the subject is closed.

I’ve not collected a lot of moss as yet – there’s so much of the stuff around here it didn’t seem worth it. It is said that if you stand in one place for more than a few minutes around here moss will start to grow on you. The odd bits I have left on the layout have become quite yellow over the years, so I’ll be colouring the bits earmarked for the tunnel mouths. The lichen would make a decent hedge too, particularly the type I used here which gives you in-scale stems and branches, but it would take an eternity to collect sufficient for what I want to do.

I did buy some hedging a while back, in a box under the layout now of course, but wasn’t that keen on the look of it. The rubberised horsehair however sounds very interesting, for the hedges I have planned for the green bit around Hooton, I’d be interested in suppliers’ info, please.

Keith

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

Here are a couple of pics from my wargaming activities.  Rubberised horsehair bought in A4 sheets about 1/2 inch thick from eBay.  Trimmed with a pair of shears to suit my needs.  A squirt of spraymount glue....



...and a sprinkle of blended foilage material to get this.  About 2 minutes work per hedge.  It would be easy to make longer sections for the model railway and they can be trimmed into any shape you like.



Barry

Last edited on Fri May 10th, 2019 08:28 pm by Barry Miltenburg

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

As Barry says, there's plenty of rubberised horsehair available, easily found on ebay. Just use the two words and there'll be quite a few choices for you of various sizes. Reasonably priced as well.

I tend to just cut the sheet into suitable lengths/thickness and then layer on a few bits of foliage of one description or another using PVA and then stick it down onto the layout. It bends nicely to suit the land on which it will sit.

Just recently I've been looking a bit closer at hedges and although there's quite a bit of greenery on them, there's also a lot of twigs visible, mostly along the sides, especially after they've just been pruned/trimmed by the landowner; so I don't tend to worry too much about making the 'hedge' virtually non-see-though. And from a distance, it looks fine (to me at any rate!).

I've no photos I can upload at this time as examples of my hedging, but hopefully there'll be an update on my layout in the coming week or two which will having some hedging 'on site'. But those from Barry look to be pretty good, more 'in green' than maybe mine are. Personal choice - that's what it's all about.

Cheers to you - and good luck with the hedging.

Dave

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Dave

They are VERY green I know but these are wargame pieces and as such, just representations - scenery plays a whole different role in that World.

I totally agree with your comments about the woodiness of bushes - I think it should be possible to flock only parts of the horsehair and leave some of it bare.  It mighty need a paint beforehand though as the stuff I bought was an olive colour- not unlike woody bushes but a bit light perhaps??

Its also great fun, easy stuff to play with - you can glue it into lumps and carve any shape you like.

Barry

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Barry/Dave

Been collecting a few more brownie points, by getting out in this good weather…..

Many thanks for the info on the rubberised horsehair – very interesting – quite similar to the lichen I was intending to use, but as I said will take me an eternity to collect. Anyway, had a look on e-bay as suggested and I’ve ordered some to try out, due end of next week. Must admit I can’t remember whether back in the 60s the hedges on the Wirral were kept as tidy as they sometimes are now… round here it is more of a road safety problem, they trim them hard March/April time, so then they are quite ‘brown’ until the new growth takes over, by September/October they are very green and untidy, just before the second trim. I’ll have a go with it and report back – initial thoughts are to spray it brown first, as I did with the lichen. I’m thinking of attacking the top green bit (nearest the main goods depot) – as I mentioned earlier I can remove it from the layout, so keep the mess to a minimum.

Just a PS on static grass question – I checked with the physicist and charged fibres will stand perpendicular to the surface. Reading the instructions for the applicator, (bad habit of mine – I always just plough on, and if things go wrong – then I check the instructions), it states “causing the fibres to land in a vertical position on the glued area”, they’re assuming a flat surface. So that’s sorted.

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Going back to your comments Keith on post #327 regarding lichen.

Looks to be a good idea, not that - up until a day or so ago while walking along a gorge near Hebden bridge - I had ever knowingly spotted lichen of the type you photographed. And there it was, one dead, broken off branch lying almost on the path I was walking on. Of course, I had to strip a few pieces off along with a couple of small twigs with the stuff still attached. Never saw any more.

I was surprised at how brittle the stuff is; and, no doubt, rather fragile, not to be rough handled.

I've since done a little research on lichen and it's certainly weird stuff - but, as I say, I've never spotted any before in this form; plenty of the flat variety though. And I've walked though a good many wooded areas in my years.

Now all I need to do is find what to do with it all - do I spray it, or just break it down a little and 'plant it' in small clumps in the all over light green colour as picked? No doubt I'll figure something out in due course.

But thanks Keith for the photo and the idea that I could (just maybe) do something with it - if I'm careful in its handling.

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Dave
I read somewhere that you should dip it into bleach to get rid of the bacteria and other such stuff that your layout would not appreciate. Not sure what effect that has though on the lichen itself. 

For information have a look on YouTube at The Terrain Tutor. Mel is a bit mad and he works in the wargame domain but some of his scenery techniques cross over. 

Regards

Barry

Headmaster
Full Member


Joined: Sun Jun 2nd, 2013
Location: Faversham, United Kingdom
Posts: 1581
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith

To return, somewhat belatedly, to your question about static grass and the "hedgehog" effect....  By its nature it will generally stand at 90 degrees to the surface it is being fixed to, which I think is the problem you are alluding to, on the slope.  I read about using a camera "puffer" (a rubber ball with metal pointed end, used to clean camera lenses of dust) to "blow" the static grass into the position you want, while the glue is still wet.  So I duly went and bought one and gave it a go.  Now, I am not one to criticise the work of others, nor their ideas, but I couldn't really get it to work.  It may be that I was too impatient (often).  But you may have better success.  Simply lay the grass then use the puffer to "blow" the grass in the direction you want.  It isn't too powerful so you won't remove it and send it flying over other parts of your layout.

Then I read about using a vacuum cleaner to do the same thing, effectively "pulling" the grass in the direction you want.  Much more successful for me, although too often I sucked up chunks of the grass - being impatient again.  But I worked with it and tried using different substances over the vacuum cleaner pipe to  minimise sucking up the grass.  This helped, although I think I was also a little more careful.  But you can definitely get the grass to "grow" in the direction you want.  It also creates a bit of randomness which makes it appear quite natural from the viewing distance.

Others I have seen successfully "brush" the grass in the desired direction with their hand.  Again, it all depends on your deftness of touch and patience.

And finally I have seen people use a hair dryer to blow the grass in the required direction - which also speeds up the glue drying time.

I'm pretty sure others will have their preferred method.

Whatever approach you choose, whether one of these or an alternative, working in small areas is definitely the way to go.  It would be great to know any results.
I hope this helps a little.
Regards
Michael

Last edited on Mon May 20th, 2019 10:19 pm by Headmaster

MaxSouthOz
Admin


Joined: Sat Aug 23rd, 2008
Location: Adelaide , Australia
Posts: 12348
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Michael

I have never used a static grass machine - mainly because they are hazardous to some electronic gizmos associated with Railroad&Co.  My friend Hutch destroyed several such devices that way.

I simply apply the PVA to the ground, press a few pinches of grass on top and then use a vacuum cleaner to suck it up into its erectile state, (at the same time collecting the excess).

I use a 12 Volt car vac running from my battery charger.  I keep the car vac clean, just for scenery; emptying the reclaimed grass threads, back into the container.  (Or ballast, in the case of my "special" treatment of turnouts).  But that's another story.

Cheers

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

I've not tried it but a balloon rubbed on your jumper is supposed to work in the same way it makes your hair stand on end

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Apologies everyone once again for the delay in responding…. I’ve been getting some more ‘fresh air’….but after three days hard graft in the garden clearing up all the thinned saplings on the bank which were rapidly becoming serious trees, time for a break.

On to the lichen – Dave, yes, it is not the most robust of materials, but I reckon it is worth the effort. I’ve found at least five distinctish varieties in the woods here…



At the back is the most common type, which by the time it reaches this size it is probably not that useful – although back in the day I seem to recall seeing packs of dyed examples of this type being sold as bushes. Front left is, I think, a similar type but much smaller ‘leaves’ – possibly a younger example, front right is the most rare around here, and my choice for hedges, the middle two are ideal for bushes. All of these are in their natural state, some have been parked on the layout longer than others and some have bleached more than others.

Barry, not heard that before – but there’s plenty of stuff I’ve not heard about, there again we’re in very rural mid Wales, so I doubt if any bacteria would survive in all this fresh air. They say that lichen only grows in clean air…. whatever that means.

Michael, many thanks for the suggestions, using a vacuum cleaner to pull the grass straight is an idea, but I can see me just ending up with a vacuum cleaner full of static grass…. the hairdryer seems to be the safer (for me) option. I’ll experiment with that.

Max, as you will have read, being it would seem a devout Luddite these days, I don’t have any electronic gizmos to worry about; and Barry, I can understand the balloon idea and it should work.

Anyway, in the odd hour I’ve had in the loft I’ve had a go with the rubberised horsehair. I’d ordered some hedging kits from WWS. Must admit the strip of horsehair was much bigger than I expected, so I may have rather more than I need. Anyway for a test I cut a 6” strip in half, noticed that the centre of the strip was touch less dense – so I’ve used that edge for the base of the hedge. That should give a more realistic mature hedge look, as usually hedges have quite noticeable gaps at ground level, I also took off the ‘corners’ from the top edges to give it a less uniform look…



and sprayed it dark brown, when dry I sprayed some adhesive and sprinkled some woodland floor mix over it, to give it a more natural look – the woodland floor mix is probably to use on the ground under the hedge, but I thought I’d try it on the hedge itself.



…. and finally, more adhesive and some light green/dark green leaves. I’ve tried to create the type of standard hedge, with some obvious thinner parts, which has been trimmed in the not too distant past. Here it is, not in the final position, but for now in my sole scenic area…..





 
So, not too bad for a first attempt, when I get some proper time in the loft, I’d estimate August the way things are going just now, I will make a better job of it…. there’s also the small matter of getting trains running too…. which is most important!

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Keith

I finally got round to taking a couple of photos of my rubberised "hedge" and the lichen found last week. It's since mostly been carefully taken off the wood - some of the pieces would seem to be more useful than a few of the larger pieces, though I think the large clump may cut down somewhat.

I think your hedge looks the part and fits in nicely. Looking forward to spotting where the lichen appears.



Here's my 'attempt' at the rubberised hedge just outside the John Street terminus - no paint was used in the making of the example! Just a sprinkling of Gaugemaster leaves and a bit of Woodland Scenics Dark Green Underbrush and some WS Light Green Foliage.

And the picked bunches of lichen (below), as yet untreated in any form - I found the Terrian Tutor you pointed me to - thanks - useful information. Now I have an idea of what I need to be looking at doing with it.



Probably the two lower central pieces will be first to be looked at and maybe a couple more pieces when they get taken off the twig. I'm certainly going to be keeping my eyes open a bit more for some more of the stuff.

In the meantime, it's back to the usual run-of-the-mill everyday life; hopefully, I'll soon be able to get some more time in the "train room" to progress things further. I hate starting something and then having to break away and forgetting where I was at and what my train of thought was when I find another snippet of time to get back in there.

Such is life I guess! Cheers for now.
Dave



Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Dave

These hedges look great!

Barry

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Dave / Barry

More time in the garden… mutter, mutter…. run-of- the-mill indeed – just a bit worried about ever cashing in all these brownie points before they become worthless.... Glad you like the hedge, not quite your standards yet, but there’s hope for the future. Yes, Dave, I too spend many an hour in the loft trying to recall my most recent 'siding' of thought, never organised enough to get to the train stage!

That’s a decent collection of lichen, some of those examples must be earmarked as ‘bush’ material – I’ll probably have a go at a couple of the examples in my last post – as soon as I can get back in the loft for more than the odd ten minutes – glad to see I’m not the only one being dragged away from their railway. I would also like to progress the timetable if possible – at least that can be done in short sessions, and is relatively easy to pick up after a short break.

Just an example of why I bang on about running to the actual timetable, the recent pics of Woodside station showed it with all five platforms in use – this I took a not long after now shows Woodside station, less than twenty odd minutes later, deserted save for the same motley collection of passengers and the recent arrival of a 2-car DMU from Helsby – to where it will return.



Since the last photo, three trains have departed (Chester, Helsby and Shrewsbury), the DMU from Helsby being the only arrival. The stock from the Llandudno and Wrexham services has been shunted by the station pilot into the carriage sidings and the engines have headed off to 6C to be fed and watered. If it was just me running the layout I’d never consider all that activity over such a short time…. but, that was how it was at Woodside back then, so the layout has to be able to cope. The miracle of course is that, apart from a couple of occasions at Hooton, it does. The first example of that happens in about 10 minutes (layout time) when I have to run a Helsby bound train two minutes late, as it is scheduled to arrive and depart Hooton while the Shrewsbury train waits, possibly for loading parcels. If only I’d had space for a four track main line at Hooton! It will be interesting to see how the layout copes with the ’56 timetable, when the West Kirby branch was still fully open to passengers – but that I fear is still quite some way in the future.

In the meantime, I’m told, there’s other stuff I could be doing….

Have to mention the brilliant Reds!  - the European Cup back in the City again.I fear it may be a few years yet before the Blues get their name on the trophy, any trophy.... but I can dream!

Keith

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Keith
Without getting you sidetracked away from hedges and running trains etc, can I ask if the canopies in the last photo are the Peco ones and if they are, do you think that they would span between two platforms with 3 running lines between?  All the pics I have seen suggest not but I have not ever held one in my hand to be able to assess the question for myself.

Still loving the timetable by the way :):)

Barry

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Barry

Rest assured you’re not getting me sidetracked away from running trains… I've given up trying for now...  and the only hedges I’m dealing with just now are in the garden – that said, recent changes in the weather look promising.

Yes, the canopy at Woodside is Peco. A single span is 7½ ” (190 mm, if you prefer) – the three track mainline section on the layout, set at standard Peco spacing for code 75 track, is just 5¼” (128mm) sleeper to sleeper. So it would cover it, no problem. All depends on the station layout – as it wouldn’t leave much covering the platform. I used some of the spare glass panels to produce the cover for platform 5 at Woodside, and did something similar on the other side to bridge the gap between the canopy and the station building…



I'll tidy up that back edge sometime too, but it's almost impossible to see it in that far corner of the loft, so low down the priority list. Another view in the gallery… the Peco roof does lend itself to a bit of modification. One day I’ll get the station building weathered (must admit, when I built it, I’d not even thought about weathering Metcalf kits) and fit the chimney pots – I never add the pots until I’m sure I have actually finished the building....

Glad to hear you’re loving the timetable…  please continue, you never know it could catch on!!

Keith

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Keith
I might take the plunge and get a couple to see what I can do with them.  I am liking your side extensions - they look like they are part of the kit!!

It might just be me being daft but have you posted a track plan of Woodside anywhere?

Barry

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Barry

For Woodside I used five kits, producing two canopies 46 ¾” (1190mm) and 49 ½” (1260mm), with a couple of intermediate trusses unused. For the extension and canopy I just made a simple frame with Plasticard, and used the surplus glazing units from the kits. Peco were (don’t know if they still are) quite generous with the glazing units – I used 42 on the canopy and extension – and I’ve still over 30 which will eventually appear on the layout somewhere.

Now, I fear you may well be being a little bit daft asking me about a track plan….. in fact any plan! Please check my first post of this thread, I have just noted one error in that post – referring to the Marshalling Yard panel – it should read “bottom centre to bottom LEFT”… which may have caused some confusion, apologies for that.

I never produced anything which could be even loosely described as a proper track plan – as you can see, my hand written efforts do leave a lot to be desired…. but that’s the way I work. Initially I decided that with the space I had to get something which may work, I’d need three levels. So I started with the bottom level, the fiddle yard. My only thought was – as much track as possible in a relatively small space – so sidings for the rolling stock and shorter sidings with a turntable for the ‘shed’. I was still in the Triang Standard Track era, didn’t appreciate that Code 75 and 100 points would take rather more space than I’d thought, and the final result gave me sidings OK, but rather on the short side. Wired up all the points, track breaks etc. Tested it and then moved on. Next the main line up to, and, the second level – this was to have a continuous loop (for engine testing), storage for trains waiting for their due time either at Woodside or Hooton – and Hooton Station (on the loop). The track as laid for Hooton only envisaged a single island platform, the third platform was an afterthought when I decided that siting the main station building separately and beyond a goods siding may look a bit odd – that was a fortunate decision, as without the third platform at Hooton the timetable couldn’t have worked – but I hadn’t even thought about the timetable at that stage. Track laid and tested and on to the run up to (with a passing loop on the down line) and the top level. That was done in two stages, first the marshalling yard was laid and ballasted, as I knew it would be a bit of a stretch to get to the far siding once 6C was in place, then the rest of the back board – marshalling yard junction, goods shed, factory, oil depot and 6C, finally Woodside Station itself. The only thought for the station was that all platforms had to be accessible to the up and down lines – thought that would be handy… and it was! The top level is some 8” above the fiddle yard, so the main line is a steady down gradient from Marshalling Yard junction, down to the first points in the Fiddle Yard – bypassing Hooton Station. That is basically it, no real plan, just some ideas, with the overall thought of getting as much track down as possible. As I’ve mentioned before the fact that it does manage the timetable is nothing more than a total fluke. Hope that gives you a better idea of the layout of the layout, if you see what I mean.

Keith

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Keith
You may berate yourself for not having a plan whereas I plan absolutely everything to death to make sure it’s right.  Let’s compare how much of my “Going Large” system exists vs Woodside......

I wouldn’t change if I were you....

Barry

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Barry

I do admire anyone who can sit down and quietly plan, in some detail, the next project… with the resulting trouble free build and a working finished product. Apart from the lack of planning, I also suffer from another ‘P’, or lack of it, that being patience. Once I’ve got an idea I just have to try to get on with it – possibly in my more recent years not such a bad thing, as with my memory an idea could be forever lost/forgotten by the following day. So fear not, I won’t change, and neither should you, or anyone else for that matter, each to his own has always been my mantra – there’s room for all of us!

Not that keen on the comparison idea, it will be a long time before, if ever, Woodside could possibly compare in any way with Yarslow, and your attention to scenic and operational detail, I must have a word about the signals sometime! Couple of things that will meet with your approval when they do eventually appear on Woodside are the correct lamp codes for the locos and crews, and hopefully all the extra bits will be added to the locos too. I bought some Springside lamps ages ago – they’re in a box somewhere, of course, along with the crews….. and some other ‘stuff’, no doubt.

One day…..

Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

More than a month has passed since the last post, so time for a progress report…. best summed up as ‘not a lot’. Like many of us at this time of the year I am working through a list of jobs (not one of my lists regrettably)…. classified as ‘must do’, then ‘should do’ and finally ‘could do’. Before the end of the summer any outstanding jobs are normally reclassified as ‘must be done before the bad weather starts’..…

Time in the loft has consisted of the odd hour when I have just concentrated on pressing on with the timetable. I really need a decent session to make progress with the static grass on the green bits between Hooton and the main line as I intend to take them off the layout (so the mainline section has to be removed first). It will take longer, but far less messy and hopefully I’ll be able to make a better job of it. At least I can report that the rush hour has passed, and some freight is finally moving. Here a WD with a set of vans bound for a trip across the Pennines slows on the main line for a signal – and a slightly different view of the layout.



Also just waiting on the exit from the fiddle yard a Stanier tank has the morning coal train, bound for 6C, dropping a few wagons en route at Hooton for the Coal Merchant there and another on the West Kirby branch. Not the normal motive power, put that down to the fat controller misreading the rosters…  Eventually there will be removable loads in the wagons so that northbound they’ll be full and southbound empty – that of course is for later, when I get around to that particular list. I know I did buy a bag of coal many moons ago, so it will be in one of my many boxes under the layout, and there’s plenty of polystyrene in the workshop. More in the gallery.

The bracket up starter at Hooton had been playing up for some time, and a couple of weeks back it failed completely – so I did spend  a couple of short sessions sorting that. All semaphore signals (apart from the two Dapol examples with the lights) are operated by Peco point motors and w-i-t. For each arm the wire is joined under the baseboard to allow for minor adjustments to be made without attacking the signal or the motor – the wire being joined using 2amp wire connectors. I thought that would work, it does, but a bit fiddly to say the least. I did experiment with two connectors, with a bigger overlapping section which again I thought was a good idea…. anyway, the up starter at Hooton is one of the two connector types. The problem was (and has always been) the overlong section of wire not in the tube flexing too much, the two connectors were supposed to avoid that problem, but that hasn’t proved to be the case. After much fiddling and querying the sanity of the idiot who dreamt up this idea in the first place, all sorted now using a piece of a broken clothes peg, with a notch carved in it – as always I go for the most high tech solution. 



… a bit on the limp side but it’ll do, for now.

Looks like more good weather this week… oh joy…

Keith

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Nice shot of the Stanier and its rake of vans. The layout is looking good, especially the semaphores.

They (whoever "they" are) always say the the simplest way of doing things is usually the best. I sometimes wonder if they knew what they were talking about - it doesn't always follow. Sounds a good move with the clothes peg and the 2Amp connectors to get things to a working state. I always believe in the KISS methodology - or is that just 'cos I'm lazy. Don't answer that, thank you!

I certainly think all this warm weather is just no good for hobby activities especially if you have the layout in a loft area - boy can it ever get HOT up there! I find the best time of day is first thing in the morning - before SWMBO decides to rise - never mind the sun getting going.

Soon be autumn with the cooler weather and better working temperatures. Then winter when it'll be too darn'd cold. Can't win!

Keep up the good work Keith.

Dave

DaveH_Murcia
Full Member


Joined: Mon Oct 12th, 2015
Location: Calasparra, North West Murcia, Spain
Posts: 111
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

When in the UK it was different weather that restricted my modeling, like rain or just cold making going to the garage less appealing. Now in Spain and a big space in the house allocated to the railway - wow what a bonus. But then from mid June to Mid September it will be 30 deg C and rising by 11 o'clock so it's all swings and roundabouts.

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Thanks Dave, glad you liked the photo, it’s getting harder to find a new angle for photos. KISS – wouldn’t argue with that at all. The loft does get a bit on the warm side when the mercury tops 85 degrees (30, if you must). I did insulate the loft before I started, which does a good job in ‘normal’ summers, but this silly weather is just a step too far. I’ve had two fans running, but they can’t do much about the humidity – and that’s the killer. As to rising earlier…. personally I’m more of a night owl, I leave the early rising to SWMBLT, she’s much better at that than I will ever be! At least the loft remains cosy enough in the winter with the panel heaters, and also the ’jobs’ list is usually a lot shorter, so I can get on with things.
Dave H – yes, space is always a problem, another one of those things that you can never get enough, sounds like you’ve got things totally sorted. At least here the 85/30 temperatures don’t last for three months – I don’t think I could cope with that, three days is too much for me.
                                                                            ____

Some welcome rain here meant a couple of hours in the loft, still a bit on the sticky side – but I wasn’t complaining. After the chaos of the rush hour, it was time to get the fiddle yard back in order, before starting on the next section of the timetable.  
For what follows I’ve included this pic of the fiddle yard board again to avoid the necessity of checking back to the first post… I’ve just noticed that itis not all that clear, hope you can make out FY1 top left, P5 just before the point, FY12 third down on the right. The uncouplers are marked with a ‘U’…



…..some very strange goings-on in the fiddle yard to report…..

As you can see the yard is split into the north side (RHS) and south side (LHS) – and I operate it with two pilots, the North pilot lives at the end of FY1, the South pilot anywhere it can. Most rolling stock in the South yard is passenger/parcels and in the North yard freight, but by the end of the rush hour stock is left… anywhere. I needed an extra coach for the next train from Helsby (mainly down to the fat controller deciding to put an extra coach on the previous train from Helsby, just to see what happened – the layout coped… just). So standard shunt procedure – North pilot goes off to pick up the coach – behind another Composite brake in FY12 – pilot picks up both and returns to FY1. The North pilot is then isolated so the South pilot can couple up to the two coaches. Power back with the North pilot so both  engines and coaches then move out, stopping with the couplings between the two coaches over the uncoupler ramp – approximately where the ‘P5’ power input is indicated – standard Peco RH type, SL-29. Using the mirror/lights (covered in post 38, page 2) I can see the roofs of the coaches. Power off the North pilot, just a nudge from the South pilot and the coaches are uncoupled. Done this hundreds of times, works every time, but this time try as I might I couldn’t separate the coaches. Eventually I gave up, tried another siding, another ramp, and it worked first time. Obviously something wrong with the uncoupler.

Another session in the loft… two in a week, in the summer! So I decided to check what was problem with the uncoupler ramp – that involved removing lots of ‘stuff’ on the floor first. Eventually I could reach up to check the uncoupler ramp…. no ramp there! Time to check with the mirror…. and there was the uncoupler ramp some six inches down the line still fitted properly in the track!  Checked it with a couple of other coaches, working fine. So now I’m searching for an explanation as to how a Peco SL-29 ramp can move six inches along a section of code 100 track and still remain operational. I could just about accept possibly a faulty coupling had somehow caught in the ramp, but no derailment and to then to drop it perfectly six inches down the track???!  So that was a couple of hours, or so, which has left me totally baffled…. Gremlins… the only rational explanation!

 
Weather has taken a slight turn for the ‘better’, perhaps more time in the loft? – don’t be silly….

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.  No not Gremlins? But it could be “ The Signal Man “ . The one Charles Dickens wrote about.But seriously I haven’t read much of your progress recently, but, you are certainly building a fine layout, with working signals, a timetable, and all.   Best wishes Kevin 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin, Usual apologies for the delay – I’m afraid any literary references are lost on me. I never really got to grips with English Literature at school, very early on the teachers spotted a total philistine and it was just accepted that I was a lost cause. You haven’t read much about my progress of late chiefly because there hasn’t been much, so whatever it is I am building…. it is happening very, very slowly!

                                       -----------------------------------------     ----------------------------------------------------------

Not a lot of time in the loft of course, but I have managed to do something. All this time outside, I’ve been keeping an eye on an old buddleia which is just about hanging on, produces very large, uniform flowers. Thought I’d revisit the idea for trees, which I first saw in Dave’s Langley Junction thread a while back, and have another go. Last time I used the heads from another buddleia, which produces smaller and less uniform flowers, and after the seeds had started to form, as usual I was a little late starting. This time I wanted to try to produce a more ‘bushy’ tree rather like the large oaks we have near the house, so I used the flower head as soon as the petals had turned brown, before they had started to drop, as Dave had done.  I started with this…



… as this flower is in total about eight inches long, I only used the lower part of the main ‘flower’, the remainder will become a smaller tree and perhaps a different sort of bush from those using lichen. This time, as with my recent attempted hedge, I just gave it a good spray with brown paint, and while the paint was still wet bent over the top ‘branches’ to give it a more rounded look. Once dry, another good spray this time with adhesive, and then my usual mix of light and dark green leaves sprinkled over the whole thing. Finally, as last time, I fattened up the stem/trunk with some kitchen towel, painted that brown, and added some black, to give a ‘bark’ effect. It took less than 40 minutes over three sessions. The result was this….



  ….planted in the only bit of the layout which has any of what I call ‘scenery’, and not a permanent location. There are more pics of the intermediate stages in the Gallery. It remains to be seen whether or not the dried petals stay in place, but I did give it a real soaking with the brown paint, so I’m hopeful. There are a couple more flowers to have a go at yet anyway. Overall it has produced a more ‘leafy’ tree than my first effort, if not quite the shape I was looking for, so as ever, it’ll do. I'll leave Phil to add the grass at the base of the stonework and around the signpost, that's still on another of my lists....

With the onset of some ‘changeable’, or what I would call ‘better’ weather, I may soon get to run some trains…. If I can avoid any inside winter jobs being added to the summer list, which I’m sure is not in the rules….

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.  I have never read the book, but I have seen the film, from way back. It was on the telly last year. As for your buddleja if you lived in London? you would see that it is destroying Railway Viaducts.everywhere . Best wishes Kevin 

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Just catching up on a few bits and pieces after the summer lull in activity Keith and came across your buddleia tree - looks good; you done a good job on that. Interesting use of the kitchen towel to fatten up the trunk; I've been using masking tape to do the same job. Gives a smoother bark effect and it at least sticks to the base stalk without getting the fingers gunked up in the glue. Each to our own, of course, and which ever provides the desired effect.

As Kevin says, the stuff is rampant, even up here in the north, and can be seen alongside almost any railway track and/or structure. On the approach to Doncaster station from our side of town the stuff is all over the place - but the butterflies love it. So I guess it's good that it has a presence on our layouts as well, even if appearing in disguise and posing as some other tree structure.

I've come across another bush in my garden, the flower heads of which will be pressed into duty before much longer. No idea what it's called but has a flower head that resembles a broad topped tree. I've had a look around the plant/bush identification sites and can find nothing. I'll post something on my (John Street) pages when I get harvesting and spraying a few heads. It's always a bit of a gamble as to the "when" do I harvest the heads.

In the meantime, keep up with the buddleia 'trees' - as I say, it looks good and blends in nicely.

Dave



Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Dave.  Thank you for your comments. Did I write about the photo of a buddleja that I emailed to rail track which had demolished a modern brick wall.    Best wishes Kevin 

Dave C
Full Member


Joined: Sun Oct 26th, 2014
Location: Doncaster, United Kingdom
Posts: 219
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Not that I recall reading, Keith. Sounds about right though!

Dave

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

 
S’mae Kevin

Not the plant’s fault, rather more to do with the lack of regular infrastructure maintenance these days….

S’mae Dave

Yes buddleia does grow everywhere, perhaps one of these ‘bushes’ I’m considering making should be a buddleia – just the question of modelling the flowers, couple of ideas to try. In our garden this year they have provided us a wonderful collection of butterflies, Painted Lady in unprecedented numbers.

-----------------------

Just at the moment I’ve been busy trying to sort out the chaos which is the fiddle yard at the end of the rush hour, rolling stock and locos randomly scattered. I must admit that extra small panel I added last year is really making life a lot easier. After much effort, and sorting that wandering uncoupler - still a complete mystery, I have finally got back to running the timetable, and now freight is starting to reappear. Here is an O4 (Gorton engine, Hattons limited edition) trundling through Hooton with some vans from Manchester en route for Birkenhead…

 

… the coal train in the background has now got as far as the goods loop on the mainline, awaiting a slot in the marshalling yard. Much better with some freight about!
 
Back in the day (winter ’61 I’m running now qualifies) when Bidston shed was open there was always at least one O4 on shed at the weekend – usually from the Sheffield area, but occasionally one from Gorton. Either way they must have arrived via the CLC route from Manchester, so I reckon I’m OK with this.
 
Keith
 
 

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith.   Wandering Uncoupler ? I have either forgotten that or missed it. Would you please refresh my memory?Anyway keep up the good work. Best wishes Kevin 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Kevin

Sounds like your memory has the same problems as mine – I can recall stuff that I did back in my trainspotting days in the 50s and 60s, but what I did yesterday or where I’ve left something, no chance! ….something to do with the aging process, so I’m told.

The ‘wandering uncoupler’ refers to the problems I had with one of the uncouplers in the fiddle yard a couple of weeks back, see post 356, page 18.

Keith

Passed Driver
Full Member


Joined: Thu Feb 19th, 2015
Location: Peckham, United Kingdom
Posts: 3718
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Hi Keith. Thank you for your reply. It is an enduring case of losing ones short term memory. Maybe it is to do with the “ Good Old Days “. I will look up your reference.   Best wishes Kevin 

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

 
Not a lot of time in the loft, again, this summer is lasting far too long. I have however been thinking, again, about signalling Woodside Station – and although I would prefer to do it all the proper way, I am beginning to wonder when, and if, it will ever happen… I’ve already used that Absolute  Aspects  colour light with shunt and theatre box for the approach, the proposed gantry semaphore is one of those projects which remains on a very overcrowded back burner list. With a number of manufacturers now offering colour-light ground signals I am thinking about doing the whole station with colour lights. The problem with that of course is that as far as I recall, Woodside remained semaphore until closure. For me, I do not like to see any main station without working signals, just doesn’t look right… as always, each to his own as I always say.  So I’m thinking about taking the plunge with colour lights. Christmas isn’t that far away, and I may well check if there is an early delivery service. Most of these newer colour lights seem to be set up for use with some of this computery stuff, which of course is not for me – as I keep mentioning – but you can drive DCC Concepts signals (and I presume others) using a simple DPDT switch, rather than the SPDT I’m used to – but definitely my sort of technology!....food for thought….

Meanwhile…Another tree produced from the buddleia flower heads, slightly smaller this time, need to use them before all the bits fall off. Incidentally, one point I omitted to mention before – when I wrap the kitchen towel around the stalk to produce the ‘trunk’ I always allow about  ¼” or so extra. Then before the glue sets I make small cuts from the true base of the trunk to the end of the kitchen towel, and then open up that section to form a sort of base (like surface tree roots) for the tree. You can see what I’m on about in this picture. Helps with the stability, particularly on a slope, and also I think looks better than just the trunk alone.



I’m intending to use the odd bits for bushes, and had this daft idea of trying to produce a buddleia bush, from a buddleia bush, if you see what I mean…. Created from a couple of the side shoots at the base of the main flower stuck together, anyway here it is…. perhaps that should read here it isn’t….



mmmm….   may well look OK when viewed from a suitable distance, I suggest about 20 yards – on a foggy night. I can definitely cross that one off the list and I reckon I’ll be sticking to plain bushes from now on with what’s left after a few more trees have been created. I’m sure I’ll find a place for my buddleia bush somewhere out of sight – behind the yet to be built signal box at the mouth of Rock Ferry tunnel is a possibility.  In future if I want an ordinary small flowered bush, I’ll just add the ‘flowers’ to the leaf mix.

…and finally…. When I laid the track all those years ago I had assumed that locos were the same as on my last layout way back when - just the driving wheels used for power pickup – and so I made the isolation breaks in the sheds (6C and in the fiddle yard) around 7” or 8” apart – totally unsuitable for today’s locos with the majority of tenders with live wheels and some bogies live on locos too. This has meant that the ‘sheds’ can’t hold anything like the number of locos I’d hoped, fine for all the tank engines, but not fine for everything else. Finally got the grey cell fired up, and thought it may be better to park engines tender to the rear, normally I turn engines as they leave the shed – so now I turn them before they go on shed – which leaves the maximum non live part of the loco facing out, that has allowed a couple more engines to park in the fiddle yard ‘shed’. However, those extra locos now mean I can’t see the uncoupler on road 9 – which is where everything first arrives in the fiddle yard.  So now I’ll have to rig up another mirror (same as for road 1, post 38)…..  you win some, you lose some….

Enough of this, there are trains to run…..   



Keith

Barry Miltenburg
Full Member


Joined: Wed Jan 18th, 2017
Location: Liverpool, United Kingdom
Posts: 623
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Keith

Great to see the freights.

I have made a number of uncouplers to replace the dentists probes I used to use.  The handles are painted red and white like barrier poles so that I could always spot them, wherever I left them - and apparently I left them in some very weird places!!  Either that or the layout fairies moved them when I wasn't looking...

Barry

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

S’mae Barry

Apologies for the usual delay, although this time I do have a better excuse - I have actually had some time in the loft…. but first….  layout fairies…. and there I was thinking that it was only the odd gremlin I had to worry about!
               
I’ve always found the dentist probe a bit fiddly with standard tension locks, so I made myself an uncoupler – from a foot length of ¼ round moulding and some clear plastic, big enough for even me to find and it works well along with all the SL-29s around the harder to reach parts of the marshalling yard and the platforms on Woodside Station. I have often thought about replacing the tension locks, but cost and more importantly the time/patience it would take, means I’ll be staying with them for the foreseeable future. The freights for me certainly do improve the ‘look’ of the layout, and give me the chance to have a good shunting session between the goods and oil depots and the marshalling yard, with the odd break as a passenger service trundles by heading for Woodside or off  to places due South….
--------------------------
Must admit the most recent thinking on the mystery of the moving SL-29 is a rather large spider I see occasionally amongst the boxes and other stuff under the fiddle yard. If I’m ever quick enough to catch it, it will be promptly shown the Velux. I’m rather hoping that he/she doesn’t have a mate of similar size – I reckon two of them could easily handle an SL-29 and create total chaos in the fiddle yard! Hopefully with the trains now running more regularly, summer does look to have finally decided to let autumn have a go, the spiders may well look for a more peaceful place to call home.

More seriously, suspicion has now fallen on my trusty Dapol track cleaner – I always use it in vacuum cleaner mode, relying on the felt pad with cleaning fluid to actually clean the track. I use my solitary Hornby Jinty, which lives outside the 6C roundhouse, to pull/push the Dapol. The Bachmann varieties work in the marshalling yard and Woodside station. Relegated to Railroad status a few years back, the Hornby Jinty is not the best runner, and does occasionally stick on points. When that happens the Dapol vacuum goes full tilt…. now if that happened when the Dapol was precisely over an SL-29 it is just possible that it could grab the SL-29, and would then drop it once the Jinty has been persuaded to move – usually by the fat controller’s hand. A more plausible explanation, just, than spiders.… or fairies!

I have now used everything from the two buddleia flower heads, ended up with two large, one medium and three small trees and four small bushes, including that buddleia bush. I think the last large tree is probably the best of the trees, I’d had more practice, there’s a photo in the gallery, so you can decide. It remains to be seen if this trusty old plant manages another season next year – certainly the flower heads are much bigger and a better shape than any of the other buddleias in the garden. Now I need to get on with the static grass on the big green parts between Hooton and the main line, so that I can plant all these trees and bushes. Currently I’m thinking whether or not I can get the lower green bit off the layout without removing the mainline – that would greatly improve the chances of actually getting the job done, as it would allow the trains to continue running….

A trip last week to get the car serviced in the Big City, otherwise known as Shrewsbury, gave me the opportunity to buy a cycle mirror – so now the new mirror for the uncoupler on road 9 has moved from the ‘awaiting parts’ queue to the ‘priority’ queue – which means there’s half a chance it will be done by Christmas….. no year specified, of course.

 Keith

Woodside
Full Member
 

Joined: Sat Feb 14th, 2015
Location: Pennant, Mid Wales, United Kingdom
Posts: 321
Status: 
Offline

My photos:
view photos in Gallery
view photos as slides

Very unusual goings-on in the loft of late…. normally when a job reaches the dizzy heights of the ‘Priority’ queue it is usually there for at least couple of months, far more important things, like running the railway, take precedence. On this occasion however the problems with seeing the uncoupler in road 9 were seriously impacting on running the railway – so much so that the decision was made to create a new category – ‘got to be done NOW’.

My original thinking was to suspend the mirror from the Woodside Station baseboard immediately above the fiddle yard. Several attempts at finding the right position, involving contortions which my frame kept telling me were verging on the impossible, failed and it was back to the drawing board.  Alongside road 9 is the fiddle yard ‘shed’ which is used to store locos which make only a couple of appearances during a full working day (which takes anything up to a year to complete) – freight/parcels etc. – so early on I built a Perspex cover over the tracks to try to keep the dust levels under control, and still allow me to see just what was in there. This could be a possible support for the mirror. After further contortions I managed to get the thing set up, and then glued it in place, and so now the mirror is doing the job and I have sight of the uncoupler in road 9 from the fiddle yard panel.



The Blu-tack was used to hold the mirror in position while the glue set, and now remains as an insurance against any failure of the glue. I’ve had a good shunting session in the fiddle yard since and landed on the uncoupler every time, no matter what is parked in the ‘shed’.

Problem solved in a couple of days… that has never happened before and likely it’ll never happen again…. as I said, for me, all most unusual.

But that wasn’t the end of the unusual happenings… when fitting the mirror I noticed a bit of ‘plumbing’ at the side of the track of road 9 right up against the wall. The pipework was painted copper, the remainder just black plastic, the copper paint was quite dull. Must be off a loco, I thought, and possibly a weathered one at that. No idea how long it had been there, or how it had parted company from the engine. As one of the weathered Stanier tanks was due out of Woodside on a Paddington train, may as well check that I thought… and spookily it was from that engine…. Refitting it was something of a nightmare, these fingers of mine are no longer at their best when it comes to fiddly stuff….. finally managed it, but only after breaking off one of the sandpipes in the process… which I then had to repair – even fiddlier. Finally with all the bits refitted, I replaced the body and g